WO2023061460A1 - 含氮的阳离子脂质及其应用 - Google Patents

含氮的阳离子脂质及其应用 Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2023061460A1
WO2023061460A1 PCT/CN2022/125227 CN2022125227W WO2023061460A1 WO 2023061460 A1 WO2023061460 A1 WO 2023061460A1 CN 2022125227 W CN2022125227 W CN 2022125227W WO 2023061460 A1 WO2023061460 A1 WO 2023061460A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
group
independently
cationic
nhc
glycero
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2022/125227
Other languages
English (en)
French (fr)
Inventor
林昇
林铭贵
王爱兰
王琳琳
翁文桂
刘超
袁金春
林倩
Original Assignee
厦门赛诺邦格生物科技股份有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 厦门赛诺邦格生物科技股份有限公司 filed Critical 厦门赛诺邦格生物科技股份有限公司
Priority to CN202280007452.5A priority Critical patent/CN117440943A/zh
Publication of WO2023061460A1 publication Critical patent/WO2023061460A1/zh

Links

Classifications

    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/70—Carbohydrates; Sugars; Derivatives thereof
    • A61K31/7088—Compounds having three or more nucleosides or nucleotides
    • A61K31/7105—Natural ribonucleic acids, i.e. containing only riboses attached to adenine, guanine, cytosine or uracil and having 3'-5' phosphodiester links
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/70—Carbohydrates; Sugars; Derivatives thereof
    • A61K31/7088—Compounds having three or more nucleosides or nucleotides
    • A61K31/713—Double-stranded nucleic acids or oligonucleotides
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K47/00—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient
    • A61K47/06—Organic compounds, e.g. natural or synthetic hydrocarbons, polyolefins, mineral oil, petrolatum or ozokerite
    • A61K47/16—Organic compounds, e.g. natural or synthetic hydrocarbons, polyolefins, mineral oil, petrolatum or ozokerite containing nitrogen, e.g. nitro-, nitroso-, azo-compounds, nitriles, cyanates
    • A61K47/18—Amines; Amides; Ureas; Quaternary ammonium compounds; Amino acids; Oligopeptides having up to five amino acids
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K9/00—Medicinal preparations characterised by special physical form
    • A61K9/10—Dispersions; Emulsions
    • A61K9/127—Liposomes
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P43/00—Drugs for specific purposes, not provided for in groups A61P1/00-A61P41/00
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C217/00—Compounds containing amino and etherified hydroxy groups bound to the same carbon skeleton
    • C07C217/02—Compounds containing amino and etherified hydroxy groups bound to the same carbon skeleton having etherified hydroxy groups and amino groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms of the same carbon skeleton
    • C07C217/04—Compounds containing amino and etherified hydroxy groups bound to the same carbon skeleton having etherified hydroxy groups and amino groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms of the same carbon skeleton the carbon skeleton being acyclic and saturated
    • C07C217/06—Compounds containing amino and etherified hydroxy groups bound to the same carbon skeleton having etherified hydroxy groups and amino groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms of the same carbon skeleton the carbon skeleton being acyclic and saturated having only one etherified hydroxy group and one amino group bound to the carbon skeleton, which is not further substituted
    • C07C217/08—Compounds containing amino and etherified hydroxy groups bound to the same carbon skeleton having etherified hydroxy groups and amino groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms of the same carbon skeleton the carbon skeleton being acyclic and saturated having only one etherified hydroxy group and one amino group bound to the carbon skeleton, which is not further substituted the oxygen atom of the etherified hydroxy group being further bound to an acyclic carbon atom
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C219/00—Compounds containing amino and esterified hydroxy groups bound to the same carbon skeleton
    • C07C219/02—Compounds containing amino and esterified hydroxy groups bound to the same carbon skeleton having esterified hydroxy groups and amino groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms of the same carbon skeleton
    • C07C219/04—Compounds containing amino and esterified hydroxy groups bound to the same carbon skeleton having esterified hydroxy groups and amino groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms of the same carbon skeleton the carbon skeleton being acyclic and saturated
    • C07C219/06—Compounds containing amino and esterified hydroxy groups bound to the same carbon skeleton having esterified hydroxy groups and amino groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms of the same carbon skeleton the carbon skeleton being acyclic and saturated having the hydroxy groups esterified by carboxylic acids having the esterifying carboxyl groups bound to hydrogen atoms or to acyclic carbon atoms of an acyclic saturated carbon skeleton
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C229/00—Compounds containing amino and carboxyl groups bound to the same carbon skeleton
    • C07C229/02—Compounds containing amino and carboxyl groups bound to the same carbon skeleton having amino and carboxyl groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms of the same carbon skeleton
    • C07C229/04—Compounds containing amino and carboxyl groups bound to the same carbon skeleton having amino and carboxyl groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms of the same carbon skeleton the carbon skeleton being acyclic and saturated
    • C07C229/06—Compounds containing amino and carboxyl groups bound to the same carbon skeleton having amino and carboxyl groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms of the same carbon skeleton the carbon skeleton being acyclic and saturated having only one amino and one carboxyl group bound to the carbon skeleton
    • C07C229/10—Compounds containing amino and carboxyl groups bound to the same carbon skeleton having amino and carboxyl groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms of the same carbon skeleton the carbon skeleton being acyclic and saturated having only one amino and one carboxyl group bound to the carbon skeleton the nitrogen atom of the amino group being further bound to acyclic carbon atoms or to carbon atoms of rings other than six-membered aromatic rings
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C229/00—Compounds containing amino and carboxyl groups bound to the same carbon skeleton
    • C07C229/02—Compounds containing amino and carboxyl groups bound to the same carbon skeleton having amino and carboxyl groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms of the same carbon skeleton
    • C07C229/04—Compounds containing amino and carboxyl groups bound to the same carbon skeleton having amino and carboxyl groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms of the same carbon skeleton the carbon skeleton being acyclic and saturated
    • C07C229/26—Compounds containing amino and carboxyl groups bound to the same carbon skeleton having amino and carboxyl groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms of the same carbon skeleton the carbon skeleton being acyclic and saturated having more than one amino group bound to the carbon skeleton, e.g. lysine
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C235/00—Carboxylic acid amides, the carbon skeleton of the acid part being further substituted by oxygen atoms
    • C07C235/02—Carboxylic acid amides, the carbon skeleton of the acid part being further substituted by oxygen atoms having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms and singly-bound oxygen atoms bound to the same carbon skeleton
    • C07C235/04—Carboxylic acid amides, the carbon skeleton of the acid part being further substituted by oxygen atoms having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms and singly-bound oxygen atoms bound to the same carbon skeleton the carbon skeleton being acyclic and saturated
    • C07C235/10—Carboxylic acid amides, the carbon skeleton of the acid part being further substituted by oxygen atoms having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms and singly-bound oxygen atoms bound to the same carbon skeleton the carbon skeleton being acyclic and saturated having the nitrogen atom of at least one of the carboxamide groups bound to an acyclic carbon atom of a hydrocarbon radical substituted by nitrogen atoms not being part of nitro or nitroso groups

Definitions

  • the invention belongs to the field of drug delivery, in particular to a pharmaceutical carrier cationic lipid, in particular to a nitrogen-containing cationic lipid, a liposome containing the cationic lipid, a liposome nucleic acid drug containing the cationic lipid Compositions and their formulations and uses.
  • auxiliary lipids are generally phospholipids to prevent lipid oxidation or connect ligands to the surface of liposomes or reduce the aggregation of lipid particles.
  • Sterol lipids have Strong membrane fusion, promotes mRNA intracellular uptake and cytoplasmic entry; PEGylated lipids are located on the surface of lipid nanoparticles to improve their hydrophilicity, avoid rapid clearance by the immune system, prevent particle aggregation, and increase stability.
  • the ionizable cationic lipid which is not ionized under physiological conditions but has a neutral charge, and can be ionized under acidic conditions to be partially positively charged, such as in cationic lipids.
  • cationic lipids and nucleic acids are encapsulated into LNPs by electrostatic interactions at low pH, and the encapsulated LNPs remain in the entirety of the extracellular surface.
  • the present invention provides novel cationic lipids, cationic liposomes containing the cationic lipids, pharmaceutical compositions containing the cationic liposomes and preparations thereof, and the pharmaceutical composition preparations of the cationic liposomes can deliver drugs into cells , improve the transport rate of drugs, thereby improving the therapeutic effect of nucleic acid drugs.
  • a kind of cationic lipid is characterized in that, structure is as shown in general formula (1):
  • X is N or CR a , and said R a is H or C 1-12 alkyl;
  • L 3 is a connecting bond or a divalent linking group
  • B 1 and B 2 are each independently a link or a C 1-30 alkylene group
  • R 1 and R 2 are each independently C 1-30 aliphatic hydrocarbon group or C 1-30 aliphatic hydrocarbon derivative residue, and at least one of R 1 and R 2 is Wherein, t is an integer of 0-12, R e and R f are each independently any of C 1 -C 15 alkyl, C 2 -C 15 alkenyl and C 2 -C 15 alkynyl;
  • each occurrence of R d is independently a C 1-12 alkyl group
  • two R d in NR d R d can be connected to form a ring
  • G 1 is a terminal branched group with k+1 valence
  • j is 0 or 1
  • F contains a functional group R 01 , when j is 0, G 1 does not exist, when j is 1, G 1 leads to k F, and k is an integer of 2-8;
  • alkyl, alkylene, aliphatic, alkenyl and alkynyl groups are each independently substituted or unsubstituted.
  • a cationic liposome comprises cationic lipids with the structure shown in formula (1).
  • a liposome pharmaceutical composition contains cationic liposome and medicine, and the cationic liposome contains cationic lipid with the structure shown in formula (1).
  • a liposome pharmaceutical composition preparation containing the aforementioned liposome pharmaceutical composition and a pharmaceutically acceptable diluent or excipient.
  • the amine in the carbamate bond can be used as a nitrogen branch to draw a hydrophobic fatty tail chain, and one end can be used as a nitrogen branch in a carbamate bond to draw a hydrophobic fatty tail chain , and the cationic lipid with carbon branching at the other end leading to a hydrophobic tail has the best encapsulation and transfection effects.
  • any isomer may be used unless otherwise specified.
  • a structure with cis-trans isomers it can be either a cis structure or a trans structure;
  • a structure with an E/Z isomer can be either an E structure or a Z structure; when there is optical activity, it can be For left-handed or right-handed.
  • an integer range marked in the form of a range can represent a group of all integers within the range, and the range includes two endpoints.
  • the integer range 1-6 represents a group consisting of 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, and 6.
  • Numerical ranges in the present invention including but not limited to integers, non-integers, percentages, and fractions, all include two endpoints unless otherwise specified.
  • the numerical values in the present invention refer to "about” and “about” generally refer to the numerical range of ⁇ 10%, and some cases can be enlarged to ⁇ 15%, but not more than ⁇ 20%. Based on the preset value. For example, the molar percentage of steroid lipids to the total lipids in the solvent-containing solution is about 40%, and it can generally be considered that the molar percentage of steroid lipids is 30%-50%.
  • two or more objects are "independently preferred", when there are multiple levels of preference, it is not required to be selected from the same level of preference group, one can be preferred in a wide range, and the other can be in a small range Preferably, one can be the largest range, and the other can be any preferred situation, or can be selected from the same level of preference.
  • the terminal group of the linking group when the terminal group of the linking group is easily confused with the substituent contained in the linking group, use to mark the position in the linker where other groups are connected, as in the structural formula in, using To mark the two positions connecting other groups in the divalent linking group, the above two structural formulas respectively represent -CH(CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 ) 2 -, -CH 2 CH 2 CH(CH 3 ) 2 -CH 2 CH 2 -.
  • the range of carbon atoms in the group is marked at the subscript position of C in the form of a subscript, indicating the number of carbon atoms in the group, for example, C 1-12 means “having 1 to 12 carbon atoms", C 1-30 means “having 1 to 30 carbon atoms”.
  • “Substituted C 1-12 alkyl” refers to a compound in which a hydrogen atom of a C 1-12 alkyl is substituted.
  • C 1-12 substituted alkyl refers to a compound having 1-12 carbon atoms in which the hydrogen atom of the alkyl group is substituted.
  • a group when a group can be selected from C 1-12 alkylene, it can be selected from any alkylene group with carbon atoms in the range shown in the subscript, that is, it can be selected from C 1 , C 2 , C 3 , C 4 , C 5 , C 6 , C 7 , C 8 , C 9 , C 10 , C 11 , and C 12 alkylene groups.
  • the subscripts marked in the form of intervals all represent any integer that can be selected from the range, and the range includes both endpoints.
  • the heteroatom used for substitution is called “substituting atom”, and any group used for substitution is called “substituent”.
  • the substituent is C 1-12 alkyl. In other embodiments, the substituent is cycloalkyl. In other embodiments, the substituent is a halo group, such as fluoro. In other embodiments, the substituent is an oxo group. In other embodiments, the substituent is hydroxyl. In other embodiments, the substituent is alkoxy. In other embodiments, the substituent is carboxyl. In other embodiments, the substituent is an amine group.
  • carbon chain linking group refers to a linking group in which the main chain atoms are all carbon atoms, and the side chain part allows heteroatoms or groups containing heteroatoms to replace the hydrogen atoms of the main chain carbons.
  • main chain atom is a heteroatom, it is also called “main chain heteroatom”, such as AS-CH 2 -B, AO-CH 2 -B, (The atomic interval is recorded as 4) as containing a main chain heteroatom.
  • the main chain of the "carbon chain linking group” is entirely composed of carbon atoms, and the side groups of the carbon chain are allowed to contain heteroatoms. That is, it is formed by linking methylene or substituted methylene.
  • the substituted methylene group can be replaced by a monovalent substituent, two monovalent substituents or a divalent substituent (such as a divalent oxygen, such as forming a three-membered ring together with a divalent methylene )replace.
  • a compound, a group or an atom can be substituted and hybridized at the same time, for example, a hydrogen atom is replaced by nitrophenyl, and -CH 2 -CH 2 -CH 2 - is replaced by -CH 2 -S-CH(CH 3 )-.
  • connecting bond means only connecting and does not contain any atoms.
  • connecting bond means that the group may not exist.
  • hydrocarbon refers to hydrocarbons composed of carbon atoms and hydrogen atoms.
  • hydrocarbons are divided into two types, aliphatic hydrocarbons and aromatic hydrocarbons, according to the type of hydrocarbon group.
  • Hydrocarbons without any structure of benzene ring or hydrocarbon substituted benzene ring are defined as aliphatic hydrocarbons.
  • Hydrocarbons containing at least one benzene ring or a hydrocarbyl-substituted benzene ring are defined as aromatic hydrocarbons.
  • aromatic hydrocarbons may contain aliphatic hydrocarbon groups, such as toluene, diphenylmethane, 2,3-dihydroindene, etc.
  • hydrocarbons are divided into saturated hydrocarbons and unsaturated hydrocarbons according to the degree of saturation. All aromatics are unsaturated hydrocarbons. Saturated aliphatic hydrocarbons are also called alkanes. The degree of unsaturation of the unsaturated aliphatic hydrocarbon is not particularly limited. Examples include, but are not limited to, alkenes (containing double bonds), alkynes (containing triple bonds), dienes (containing two conjugated double bonds), and the like. When the aliphatic hydrocarbons in aromatic hydrocarbons are saturated structures, they are also called aromatic alkanes, such as toluene.
  • heterohydrocarbons compounds formed by replacing carbon atoms at any positions in hydrocarbons with heteroatoms are collectively referred to as heterohydrocarbons.
  • hydrocarbyl refers to a residue formed after hydrocarbon loses at least one hydrogen atom. According to the amount of hydrogen lost, it can be divided into monovalent hydrocarbon groups (losing one hydrogen atom), divalent hydrocarbon groups (losing two hydrogen atoms, also known as alkylene groups), trivalent hydrocarbon groups (losing three hydrogen atoms), etc., in order
  • n hydrogen atoms when n hydrogen atoms are lost, the valence state of the hydrocarbon group formed is n.
  • the hydrocarbon group in the present invention specifically refers to a monovalent hydrocarbon group.
  • the source of the hydrocarbon group in the present invention is not particularly limited, for example, it can be derived from aliphatic or aromatic hydrocarbons, it can also be derived from saturated or unsaturated hydrocarbons, it can also be derived from straight chain hydrocarbons, branched chain hydrocarbons or cyclic hydrocarbons, it can also be derived from Hydrocarbons or heterohydrocarbons, etc.
  • aliphatic hydrocarbon group refers to a residue formed after an aliphatic hydrocarbon loses at least one hydrogen atom. Unless otherwise specified, the aliphatic hydrocarbon group in the present invention specifically refers to a monovalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group.
  • the aliphatic hydrocarbon group includes a saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon group and an unsaturated aliphatic hydrocarbon group.
  • alkyl refers to a hydrocarbon group formed by an alkane. Unless otherwise specified, it refers to a hydrocarbon group formed by losing a hydrogen atom at any position, which can be straight-chain or branched, and can be substituted or not replaced. Specifically, for example, propyl refers to any one of n-propyl and isopropyl, and propylene refers to any of 1,3-propylene, 1,2-propylene, and isopropylidene.
  • unsaturated hydrocarbon group refers to a hydrocarbon group formed by losing a hydrogen atom from an unsaturated hydrocarbon.
  • Hydrocarbon groups formed by unsaturated hydrocarbons losing hydrogen atoms on unsaturated carbons can be classified into alkenyl, alkynyl, dienyl, etc., such as propenyl and propynyl.
  • Hydrocarbon groups formed by unsaturated hydrocarbons losing hydrogen atoms on saturated carbons are called alkenyl, alkyne, diene, etc. according to different unsaturated bonds, such as allyl and propargyl.
  • alkenyl or “alkenyl group” means a group comprising two or more carbon atoms (such as two, three, four, five, six, seven, eight, nine carbon atoms) one, ten, eleven, twelve, thirteen, fourteen, fifteen, sixteen, seventeen, eighteen, nineteen, twenty or more carbon atoms ) and a substituted or unsubstituted linear or branched alkenyl group with at least one carbon-carbon double bond.
  • alkynyl or “alkynyl group” means a group comprising two or more carbon atoms (e.g. two, three, four, five, six, seven, eight, nine carbon atoms) one, ten, eleven, twelve, thirteen, fourteen, fifteen, sixteen, seventeen, eighteen, nineteen, twenty or more carbon atoms ) and an optionally substituted linear or branched hydrocarbon with at least one carbon-carbon triple bond.
  • C 2-15 alkynyl means a substituted or unsubstituted straight or branched chain alkynyl group comprising 2 to 15 carbon atoms and at least one carbon-carbon triple bond.
  • Alkynyl groups may include one, two, three, four or more carbon-carbon triple bonds. Unless specifically stated otherwise, alkynyl as used herein refers to both unsubstituted and substituted alkynyl.
  • the aliphatic hydrocarbon derivatives are preferably ether derivatized aliphatic hydrocarbons, aliphatic hydrocarbon derivatives containing 1-2 ether bonds, more preferably aliphatic hydrocarbon derivatives containing 2 ether bonds.
  • molecular weight represents the mass size of a compound molecule.
  • the measurement unit of "molecular weight” is Dalton, Da.
  • stable existence and “degradable” groups in the present invention are relative concepts. For detailed examples of stable and degradable groups, see paragraphs [0134]-[0145] in CN113402405A.
  • the "hydroxyl protecting group” includes all groups usable as a general protecting group for a hydroxyl group. Hydroxyl protecting groups, preferably alkanoyl (e.g. acetyl, tert-butyryl), aralkanoyl (e.g. benzoyl), benzyl, trityl, trimethylsilyl, tert-butyldisilyl, alkenyl Propyl, acetal or ketal.
  • alkanoyl e.g. acetyl, tert-butyryl
  • aralkanoyl e.g. benzoyl
  • benzyl trityl
  • trimethylsilyl tert-butyldisilyl
  • alkenyl Propyl acetal or ketal.
  • the removal of the acetyl group is generally carried out under alkaline conditions, the most commonly used are the ammonolysis of NH 3 /MeOH and the methanolysis catalyzed by methanol anion; the benzyl group can be easily removed by palladium-catalyzed hydrogenolysis at room temperature in neutral solution , and metal sodium can also be used to reduce cleavage in ethanol or liquid ammonia; trityl is generally removed by catalytic hydrogenolysis; THF, etc.) to remove; tert-butyl silyl ether is relatively stable, able to withstand the ester hydrolysis conditions of alcoholic potassium hydroxide and mild reducing conditions (such as Zn/CH 3 OH, etc.), available fluoride ions (such as Bu 4 N + F - ) can be removed in tetrahydrofuran solution, and can also be removed with aqueous acetic acid at room temperature.
  • the "carboxyl protecting group” refers to a protecting group that can be converted into a carboxyl group by hydrolysis or a deprotection reaction of the carboxyl protecting group.
  • Carboxyl protecting group preferably alkyl (such as methyl, ethyl, tert-butyl) or aralkyl (such as benzyl), more preferably tert-butyl (tBu), methyl (Me) or ethyl (Et ).
  • protected carboxyl group refers to a group formed after the carboxyl group is protected by a suitable carboxyl protecting group, preferably methoxycarbonyl, ethoxycarbonyl, tert-butoxycarbonyl, benzyloxycarbonyl.
  • the carboxyl protecting group can be removed by hydrolysis under the catalysis of acid or base, and occasionally by pyrolysis reaction.
  • tert-butyl group can be removed under mild acidic conditions
  • benzyl group can be removed by hydrogenolysis.
  • the reagent for removing the carboxyl protecting group is selected from TFA, H 2 O, LiOH, NaOH, KOH, MeOH, EtOH and combinations thereof, preferably a combination of TFA and H 2 O, a combination of LiOH and MeOH, or a combination of LiOH and EtOH .
  • the protected carboxyl group is deprotected to produce the corresponding free acid, said deprotection being carried out in the presence of a base, said base and said free acid formed by said deprotection forming a pharmaceutically acceptable salt.
  • the "amino protecting group” includes all groups that can be used as a protecting group for a common amino group, such as aryl C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 alkoxy C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 alkoxycarbonyl, aryloxycarbonyl, C 1-6 alkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl or silyl, etc.
  • Preferred amino protecting groups are Boc tert-butoxycarbonyl, Moz p-methoxybenzyloxycarbonyl and Fmoc9-fluorenylideneoxycarbonyl.
  • carboxyl activation refers to the activation of the carboxyl group with a carboxyl activator. After the carboxyl activation, the condensation reaction can be promoted better, such as: inhibiting the generation of racemic impurities in the condensation reaction, and accelerating the reaction speed by catalysis.
  • a “carboxy activating group” is the residue of a carboxyl activating agent.
  • the carboxyl activator is N-hydroxysuccinimide (NHS), 1-ethyl-(3-dimethylaminopropyl) carbodiimide hydrochloride (EDCI), N-hydroxyl-5 - a combination of one or more of norbornene-2,3-dicarboximide (HONb) and N,N-dicyclohexylcarbodiimide (DCC), preferably NHS/EDCI, NHS/DCC , a combination of HONb/DCC, most preferably a combination of NHS/EDCI.
  • NHS N-hydroxysuccinimide
  • EDCI 1-ethyl-(3-dimethylaminopropyl) carbodiimide hydrochloride
  • HONb norbornene-2,3-dicarboximide
  • DCC N,N-dicyclohexylcarbodiimide
  • cationizable compounds, groups or atoms are positively charged at high hydrogen ion concentrations and uncharged at low hydrogen ion concentrations or activities. It depends on the individual properties of the cationizable or polycationizable compound, in particular the pKa of the corresponding cationizable group or atom, which is charged or uncharged at said pH or hydrogen ion concentration.
  • the fraction of positively charged cationizable compounds, groups or atoms can be estimated using the so-called Henderson-Hasselbalch equation, which is well known to those skilled in the art .
  • a compound or moiety is cationizable, it is preferred that it is at a pH of about 1 to 9, preferably 4 to 9, 5 to 8 or even 6 to 8, More preferably at a pH of 9 or below, 8 or below, 7 or below, most preferably at physiological pH (e.g. about 7.3 to 7.4), i.e. under physiological conditions, in particular Positively charged under the physiological salt conditions of cells in the body.
  • physiological pH e.g. about 7.3 to 7.4
  • the cationizable compound or moiety is primarily neutral at physiological pH (eg, about 7.0-7.4), but becomes positively charged at lower pH.
  • the pKa of the cationizable compound or moiety preferably ranges from about 5 to about 7.
  • cationic lipid refers to a lipid that has a positive charge or is ionizable as a whole.
  • cationic lipids also include but are not limited to N,N-dioleyl-N,N-dimethylammonium chloride (DODAC), N,N-distearyl -N,N-Dimethylammonium bromide (DDAB), N-(1-(2,3-dioleoyloxy)propyl)-N,N,N-trimethylammonium chloride (DOTAP), N- (1-(2,3-Dioleyloxy)propyl)-N,N,N-Trimethylammonium Chloride (DOTMA), N,N-Dimethyl-2,3-Dioleyloxypropylamine (DODMA), 3-(didodecylamino)-N1,N1,4-tri-dodecyl-1-piperazinee
  • DODAC N,N-dioleyl-N,N-d
  • neutral lipid refers to any of a number of lipid substances, preferably phospholipids, that exist in uncharged or neutral zwitterionic form at a selected pH.
  • lipids include, but are not limited to, 1,2-dilinoleoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphocholine (DLPC), 1,2-dimyristoyl-sn-glycero-phosphocholine (DMPC), 1,2-Dioleoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphocholine (DOPC), 1,2-dipalmitoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphocholine (DPPC), 1,2-distearoyl -sn-glycero-3-phosphocholine (DSPC), 1,2-diundecanoyl-sn-glycero-phosphocholine (DUPC), 1-palmitoyl-2-oleoyl-sn-glycero-3 - Phosphocholine (POPC), 1,2-di-
  • amino acid residue includes removing a hydrogen atom from an amino group and/or removing a hydroxyl group from a carboxyl group and/or removing a hydrogen atom from a sulfhydryl group and/or the amino group is protected and/or the carboxyl group is protected and/or the sulfhydryl group is protected. protected amino acids.
  • amino acid residues may be referred to as amino acids.
  • the source of the amino acid in the present invention is not particularly limited unless otherwise specified, and it may be a natural source, an unnatural source, or a mixture of the two.
  • the amino acid structure type in the present invention is not particularly limited unless otherwise specified, and may refer to L-form, D-form, or a mixture of the two.
  • variable form of reactive group refers to a reactive group undergoing oxidation, reduction, hydration, dehydration, electron rearrangement, structural rearrangement, salt complexation and decomplexation, ionization, protonation,
  • the active form still a reactive group after at least one chemical change process such as deprotonation, substitution, deprotection, or change of the leaving group, or the inactive form after being protected.
  • Micro-modification in the present invention refers to a chemical modification process that can be completed through a simple chemical reaction process.
  • the simple chemical reaction process mainly refers to chemical reaction processes such as deprotection, salt complexation and decomplexation, ionization, protonation, deprotonation, and transformation of leaving groups.
  • Corresponding refers to the structural form that can form the target reactive group after undergoing simple chemical reaction processes such as deprotection, salt complexation and decomplexation, ionization, protonation, deprotonation, and leaving group transformation. .
  • the transformation of the leaving group such as the transformation of the ester form to the acid chloride form.
  • N/P ratio refers to the molar ratio of ionizable nitrogen atoms in cationic lipids to phosphoric acid in nucleic acids.
  • nucleic acid refers to DNA or RNA or modified forms thereof.
  • RNA refers to ribonucleic acid which may occur naturally or not.
  • RNA can include modified and/or non-naturally occurring components, such as one or more nucleobases, nucleosides, nucleotides, or linkers.
  • RNA may include cap structures, chain terminating nucleosides, stem loops, polyadenylation sequences and/or polyadenylation signals.
  • RNA can have a nucleotide sequence encoding a polypeptide of interest.
  • RNA can be messenger RNA (mRNA). Translation of mRNA encoding a particular polypeptide, eg, in vivo translation of mRNA within a mammalian cell, can produce the encoded polypeptide.
  • mRNA messenger RNA
  • RNA can be selected from the non-limiting group consisting of small interfering RNA (siRNA), asymmetric interfering RNA (aiRNA), microRNA (miRNA), Dicer-substrate RNA (dsRNA), small hairpin RNA (shRNA), mRNA, single-stranded guide RNA (sgRNA), cas9 mRNA, and mixtures thereof.
  • siRNA small interfering RNA
  • aiRNA asymmetric interfering RNA
  • miRNA microRNA
  • dsRNA Dicer-substrate RNA
  • shRNA small hairpin RNA
  • mRNA single-stranded guide RNA
  • cas9 mRNA single-stranded guide RNA
  • FLuc mRNA can express luciferase protein, which emits bioluminescence in the presence of luciferin substrate, so FLuc is commonly used in mammalian cell culture to measure gene expression and cell activity.
  • methods for determining the expression level of a target gene include, but are not limited to, dot blot, northern blot, in situ hybridization, ELISA, immunoprecipitation, enzyme action, and phenotypic assay.
  • transfection refers to the introduction of a species (eg, RNA) into a cell. Transfection can occur, for example, in vitro, ex vivo or in vivo.
  • a species eg, RNA
  • an "antigen” typically means one that is recognized by the immune system, preferably the adaptive immune system, and is capable of triggering an antigen-specific immune response, for example by forming antibodies and/or antigens as part of the adaptive immune response Specific T cell substance.
  • an antigen can be or comprise a peptide or protein that can be presented to T cells by the MHC.
  • an antigen may be a translation product of a provided nucleic acid molecule, preferably mRNA as defined herein. Fragments, variants and derivatives of peptides and proteins comprising at least one epitope are also understood as antigens in this context.
  • delivery refers to providing an entity to a target.
  • a drug and/or therapeutic and/or prophylactic agent is delivered to a subject, which is tissue and/or cells of a human and/or other animal.
  • “Pharmaceutically acceptable carrier” in the present invention refers to a diluent, adjuvant, excipient or vehicle administered together with a therapeutic agent, and it is suitable for contacting human beings and/or Tissues from other animals without undue toxicity, irritation, allergic response or other problems or complications commensurate with a reasonable benefit/risk ratio.
  • Pharmaceutically acceptable carriers that can be used in the pharmaceutical compositions of this invention include, but are not limited to, sterile liquids such as water and oils, including those of petroleum, animal, vegetable or synthetic origin, such as peanut oil, soybean oil, mineral oil, sesame oil, etc. Water is an exemplary carrier when the pharmaceutical composition is administered intravenously.
  • Physiological saline and aqueous dextrose and glycerol solutions can also be employed as liquid carriers, particularly for injections.
  • suitable pharmaceutical excipients include starch, glucose, lactose, sucrose, gelatin, maltose, chalk, silica gel, sodium stearate, glyceryl monostearate, talc, sodium chloride, skim milk powder, glycerol, propylene glycol, water, ethanol etc.
  • the composition if desired, can also contain minor amounts of wetting agents, emulsifying agents, or pH buffering agents.
  • Oral formulations can contain standard carriers, such as pharmaceutical grades of mannitol, lactose, starch, magnesium stearate, sodium saccharine, cellulose, magnesium carbonate, and the like.
  • excipients include but are not limited to anti-adhesive agents, antioxidants, binders, coatings, compression aids, disintegrants, dyes (pigments), demulcents, emulsifiers, fillers (diluents), Film formers or coatings, flavourings, fragrances, glidants (flow enhancers), lubricants, preservatives, printing inks, absorbents, suspending or dispersing agents, sweeteners, and water of hydration.
  • excipients include but not limited to butylated hydroxytoluene (BHT), calcium carbonate, dicalcium phosphate, calcium stearate, croscarmellose sodium, crospovidone, citric acid, Crospovidone, cysteine, ethyl cellulose, gelatin, hydroxypropyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose, lactose, magnesium stearate, maltitol, mannitol, formazan Thionine, Methylcellulose, Methylparaben, Microcrystalline Cellulose, Polyethylene Glycol, Polyvinylpyrrolidone, Povidone, Pregelatinized Starch, Phenylparaben, Retinol Palmetto Esters, Shellac, Silicon Dioxide, Sodium Carmellose, Sodium Citrate, Sodium Starch Glycolate, Sorbitol, Starch (Corn), Stearic Acid, Sucrose, Talc, Titanium Dioxide, Vitamin
  • compositions of the invention may act systemically and/or locally.
  • they may be administered by a suitable route, for example by injection (e.g. intravenous, intraarterial, subcutaneous, intraperitoneal, intramuscular injection, including instillation) or transdermally; or by oral, buccal, transdermal Nasally, transmucosally, topically, in the form of ophthalmic formulations or by inhalation.
  • a suitable route for example by injection (e.g. intravenous, intraarterial, subcutaneous, intraperitoneal, intramuscular injection, including instillation) or transdermally; or by oral, buccal, transdermal Nasally, transmucosally, topically, in the form of ophthalmic formulations or by inhalation.
  • the pharmaceutical composition of the present invention can be administered in an appropriate dosage form.
  • the dosage forms include but are not limited to tablets, capsules, lozenges, hard lozenges, powders, sprays, creams, ointments, suppositories, gels, pastes, lotions, ointments, aqueous suspensions , Injectable solutions, elixirs, syrups.
  • a vaccine is a prophylactic or therapeutic material that provides at least one antigen or antigenic function. Antigens or antigenic functions can stimulate the body's adaptive immune system to provide an adaptive immune response.
  • treatment refers to the treatment and care of a patient to prevent the disease, disorder or condition, and is intended to include delaying the progression of the disease, disorder or condition, alleviating or alleviating symptoms and complications, and/or curing or eliminating the disease , disorder or condition.
  • the patient to be treated is preferably a mammal, especially a human.
  • a cationic lipid characterized in that, the structure is as shown in general formula (1):
  • X is N or CR a , and said R a is H or C 1-12 alkyl;
  • L 3 is a connecting bond or a divalent linking group
  • B 1 and B 2 are each independently a link or a C 1-30 alkylene group
  • R 1 and R 2 are each independently C 1-30 aliphatic hydrocarbon group or C 1-30 aliphatic hydrocarbon derivative residue, and at least one of R 1 and R 2 is Wherein, t is an integer of 0-12, R e and R f are each independently any of C 1 -C 15 alkyl, C 2 -C 15 alkenyl and C 2 -C 15 alkynyl;
  • each occurrence of R d is independently a C 1-12 alkyl group
  • two R d in NR d R d can be connected to form a ring
  • G 1 is a terminal branched group with k+1 valence
  • j is 0 or 1
  • F contains a functional group R 01 , when j is 0, G 1 does not exist, when j is 1, G 1 leads to k F, and k is an integer of 2-8;
  • alkyl, alkylene, aliphatic, aliphatic derivative residue, alkenyl and alkynyl groups are each independently substituted or unsubstituted.
  • each occurrence of X is independently N or CR a , wherein R a is H or C 1-12 alkyl.
  • the structures of L 1 , L 2 , L 3 , L 4 , L 5 , L 7 , L 8 , Z, Z 1 , and Z 2 are not particularly limited, and each independently includes but not limited to straight chain structures, branched chain structures, Chain structure or contain ring structure.
  • the type of non-hydrogen atoms is not particularly limited; it can be 1 type, or 2 or more types; when the number of non-hydrogen atoms is greater than 1, it can be carbon atoms and carbon atoms. Any combination of atoms, carbon atoms and heteroatoms, or heteroatoms and heteroatoms.
  • two identical or different reactive groups can be reacted to form a divalent linking group.
  • the reaction conditions are related to the type of divalent linking group generated by the reaction, and existing disclosed technologies can be used. For example: amino groups react with active esters, formic acid active esters, sulfonate esters, aldehydes, ⁇ , ⁇ -unsaturated bonds, carboxylic acid groups, epoxides, isocyanates, and isothiocyanates to obtain amido groups and urethane groups.
  • amino group, imine group (can be further reduced to secondary amino group), amino group, amido group, amino alcohol, urea bond, thiourea bond and other divalent linking groups; Thioester group, thiocarbonate, thioether, disulfide, thioether, Divalent linking groups such as thiohemiacetal, thioether, thioester, thioether, and imide; unsaturated bonds react with sulfhydryl groups to obtain thioether groups; carboxyl or acyl halides react with sulfhydryl groups and amino groups respectively to obtain thioester groups, Amide group and other groups; hydroxyl group and carboxyl group, isocyanate, epoxy, chloroformyloxy reaction to obtain ester group, carbamate group, ether bond, carbonate group and other divalent linking groups; carbonyl or aldehyde group and amino group , hydrazine, and hydrazide react to obtain divalent linking groups such as im
  • the stability of L 1 , L 2 , L 3 , L 4 , L 5 , L 7 , L 8 , Z, Z 1 , and Z 2 is not particularly limited, and any of the divalent linking groups or any of the adjacent heteroatoms
  • the divalent linking groups composed of groups are each independently a linking base STAG that can exist stably or a linking base that can degrade DEGG.
  • L 1 and L 2 are one of the following situations:
  • R c is preferably a hydrogen atom; or R c is preferably a C 1-12 alkyl group, more preferably a C 1-8 alkyl group, more preferably a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group , butyl, pentyl, hexyl in any one.
  • R c is preferably a hydrogen atom; or R c is preferably a C 1-12 alkyl group, more preferably a C 1-8 alkyl group, more preferably a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group , butyl, pentyl, hexyl in any one.
  • L 3 is a linker or a divalent linker.
  • L 3 is a divalent linking group, preferably selected from any one, any two, or a combination of any two or more of L 4 , L 5 , and Z.
  • Linking group more preferably any one of -L 4 -, -ZL 4 -Z-, -L 4 -ZL 5 -, -ZL 4 -ZL 5 - and -L 4 -ZL 5 -Z- is a divalent link group;
  • the L 4 and L 5 are carbon chain linking groups, each independently being -(CR a R b ) t -(CR a R b ) o -(CR a R b ) p - , t , o , p are each independently an integer of 0-12, and t, o, and p are not 0 at the same time
  • R a and R b each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a C 1-12 alkyl group; each of the Z
  • R c in the aforementioned L3 is preferably a hydrogen atom.
  • B 1 and B 2 are each independently a linker or a C 1-30 alkylene group.
  • B 1 and B 2 are preferably each independently a link or a C 1-20 alkylene group; more preferably B 1 and B 2 are any of the following situations:
  • B 1 and B 2 are each independently a C 1-20 alkylene group, specifically B 1 and B 2 are each independently a methylene group, an ethylene group, a propylene group, a butylene group, and a pentylene group Base, hexylene, heptylene, octylene, nonylene, decylene, undecylene, dodecylene, tridecylene, tetradecylene, pentadecylene , hexadecyl, heptadecyl, octadecyl, nonadecyl and eicosanyl; more preferably B 1 and B 2 are each independently C 5-12 alkylene;
  • R 1 and R 2 are each independently C 1-30 aliphatic hydrocarbon group or C 1-30 aliphatic hydrocarbon derivative residue, and at least one of R 1 and R 2 is Wherein, t is an integer of 0-12, R e and R f are each independently any one of C 1 -C 15 alkyl, C 2 -C 15 alkenyl and C 2 -C 15 alkynyl.
  • the C 1-30 aliphatic hydrocarbon group is straight-chain alkyl, branched-chain alkyl, straight-chain alkenyl, branched-chain alkenyl, straight-chain alkynyl or branched chain
  • the C 1-30 aliphatic hydrocarbon group is a branched chain alkyl group, a branched chain alkenyl group or a branched chain alkynyl group
  • t is an integer of 0-12
  • t 1 and t 2 are each independently an integer of 0-5, t 3 and t 4 are each independently 0 or 1 and are not 0 at the same time;
  • R e , R f Each is independently any of C 1 -C 15 alkyl, C 2 -C 15 alkenyl and C 2 -C 15 alkynyl.
  • the C 1-30 aliphatic hydrocarbon group or C 1-30 aliphatic hydrocarbon derivative residue is selected from any of the following structures:
  • the R e and R f in R are each independently a C 1-15 alkyl group selected from any of methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, pentyl, hexyl, heptyl, octyl, nonyl and decyl. a kind; said Preferably any one of the following structures:
  • each occurrence of R d is independently a C 1-12 alkyl group
  • two R d in NR d R d can be connected to form a ring
  • G 1 is a terminal branched group with k+1 valence
  • j is 0 or 1
  • F contains a functional group R 01 , when j is 0, G 1 does not exist, when j is 1, G 1 leads to k F, and k is an integer of 2-8.
  • the structure of the cationic lipid of the present invention preferably satisfies any one of the following structural formulas:
  • R 1 is each independently C 1-30 aliphatic hydrocarbon group or C 1-30 aliphatic hydrocarbon derivative residue each time it appears, and R 2 appears each time each independently for
  • the definitions of s, L 3 , B 1 , B 2 , R 3 , R 1 and R 2 are consistent with those described in the general formula (1), and will not be repeated here.
  • cationic lipids with structures as shown below are finally obtained, including but not limited to any of the following structures:
  • the preparation of any of the aforementioned cationic lipids can adopt methods including but not limited to the following:
  • Step 1 react small molecule A-1 with small molecule A-2 to generate small molecule intermediate A-3 containing divalent linking group L 1 , reactive group F N at one end, and R 1 at one end; wherein, small molecule Molecule A-1 contains a reactive gene F 1 , small molecule A-2 contains a pair of heterofunctional groups F 2 and F N , F 2 is a reactive group that can react with F 1 to form a divalent linker L 1 , F N A reactive group capable of reacting with an amino group or a secondary amino group, preferably -OMs, -OTs, -CHO, -F, -Cl, -Br;
  • Step 2 two molecules of the small molecule intermediate A-3 and the primary amino derivative A-4 containing the nitrogen source end group are subjected to an alkylation reaction to obtain a cationic lipid A-5, wherein the R 3 ' end contains a reactive group Group R 01 or a slight variation containing R 01 ; the slight variation refers to any one of the chemical changes in deprotection, salt complexation and decomplexation, ionization, protonation, deprotonation, and changing the leaving group Process, can be transformed into a group of R 01 ;
  • the terminal micro-modification of A-5' is carried out to obtain the structure shown in A-5 corresponding to the general formula (1); the terminal micro-modification is selected from the following chemical reactions: deprotection, salt Complexation and decomplexation, ionization, protonation, deprotonation, change of leaving group; wherein, R 1 and R 2 are the same, B 1 and B 2 are the same, L 1 and L 2 are the same;
  • L 1 , L 2 , L 3 , B 1 , B 2 , R 3 , R 1 and R 2 are consistent with those described in the general formula (1), and will not be repeated here.
  • the aforementioned small molecule raw materials A-1, A-2, A-4, etc. can be obtained through purchase or self-synthesis.
  • the small molecule A-1 in Example 1.1 is which can be obtained by Obtained by self-synthesis of raw materials.
  • Step 1 react small molecule B-1 with small molecule B-2 to generate small molecule intermediate B-3 containing divalent linking group L 1 , hydroxyl at one end, and R 1 at one end; wherein, small molecule B-1 contains Reactive gene F 1 , small molecule B-2 contains a pair of heterofunctional groups F 2 and hydroxyl (OH), F 2 is a reactive group that can react with F 1 to form a divalent linker L 1 ;
  • Step 2 oxidizing the hydroxyl group of the small molecule intermediate B-3 into an aldehyde group to obtain a small molecule intermediate B-4 containing an aldehyde group, wherein B 1 ' is an alkylene group with one methylene group less than B 1 ;
  • Step 3 adding two molecules of small molecule intermediate B-4 containing aldehyde group and primary ammonia derivative B-5 containing nitrogen source end group to obtain cationic lipid B-6', wherein, the R 3 'end Containing a reactive group R 01 or containing minor variations of R 01 ; said minor variations refer to deprotection, salt complexation and decomplexation, ionization, protonation, deprotonation, changes in the leaving group Any chemical process that can be transformed into a group of R 01 ;
  • B-6' is subjected to terminal micro-modification to obtain the structure shown in B-6 corresponding to general formula (1); said terminal micro-modification is selected from the following chemical reactions: deprotection, salt Complexation and decomplexation, ionization, protonation, deprotonation, change of leaving group, wherein, R1 and R2 are the same, B1 and B2 are the same, L1 and L2 are the same;
  • L 1 , L 2 , L 3 , B 1 , B 2 , R 3 , R 1 and R 2 are consistent with those described in the general formula (1), and will not be repeated here.
  • the above-mentioned small molecule raw materials B-1, B-2, B-5, etc. can be obtained through purchase or self-synthesis.
  • Step 1 react small molecule C-1 with small molecule C-2 to generate small molecule intermediate C-3 containing divalent linking group L 1 , reactive group F N at one end, and R 1 at one end; C-1' reacts with small molecule C-2' to generate small molecule intermediate C-3' containing divalent linking group L 2 , reactive group F NN at one end, and R 2 at one end; wherein, small molecule C- 1 contains a reactive group F 1 ; the small molecule C-2 contains a pair of heterofunctional groups F 2 and F N , F 2 is a reactive group that can react with F 1 to form a divalent linking group L 1 , F N is a functional group that can react with an amino group Or the reactive group of secondary amino reaction, preferably -OMs, -OTs, -CHO, -F, -Cl, -Br; small molecule C-1' contains reactive group F 3 ; small molecule C-2' Contains a pair of heterofunctional groups F 4 and F NN , F 4 is a reactive group
  • Step 2 performing an alkylation reaction between one molecule of the small molecule intermediate C-3 and the primary amine derivative C-4 containing a nitrogen source end group to obtain a secondary amine derivative C-5;
  • Step 3 reacting the secondary amine derivative C-5 with the small molecule intermediate C-3' to generate cationic lipid C-6', wherein the R 3 ' end contains a reactive group R 01 or a slight change of R 01 Form; the slight variation refers to the group that can be transformed into R 01 through any chemical process in deprotection, salt complexation and decomplexation, ionization, protonation, deprotonation, and changing the leaving group ;
  • the terminal micro-modification of C-6' is carried out to obtain the structure shown in the corresponding general formula (1) of C-6;
  • the terminal micro-modification is selected from the following chemical reactions: deprotection, salt Complexation and decomplexation, ionization, protonation, deprotonation, change of leaving group;
  • L 1 , L 2 , L 3 , B 1 , B 2 , R 3 , R 1 and R 2 are consistent with those described in the general formula (1), and will not be repeated here.
  • the aforementioned small molecule raw materials C-1, C-1', C-2, C-2', C-4, etc. can be purchased or obtained through self-synthesis, such as the small molecule C- 1 means S6-1 is It can be obtained through purchase or self-synthesis.
  • R in the reaction raw materials R 1 -F 1 in the aforementioned preparation method can be an etherified aliphatic hydrocarbon derivative residue
  • each occurrence of t is independently an integer of 0-12
  • R e and R f are each independently C 1 -C 15 alkyl, C 2 -C 15 alkenyl and C 2 -C 15 alkynyl any kind.
  • R 1 -F 1 can be It can be purchased or synthesized independently, and aldol addition can be used for self-synthesis, such as a molecule Addition with two molecules of Re - OH gives At this time, R e and R f are the same; R 1 -F 1 can also be It can be purchased or synthesized independently, and can be synthesized by obtained by reaction with the relevant alkylating agent, preferably a halide, such as It can be obtained by reacting one molecule of TBS-protected glycerol with two molecules of hexyl bromide and then deprotecting it.
  • the relevant alkylating agent preferably a halide, such as It can be obtained by reacting one molecule of TBS-protected glycerol with two molecules of hexyl bromide and then deprotecting it.
  • the trifunctional small molecule D-1 containing two identical reactive groups F 5 and R 3 ' is reacted with two molecules of D-2 to generate a cationic lipid D-3', wherein the small molecule D-2 contains a reactive
  • the reactive group F 6 can react with F 5 to form a divalent linking group L 1 or L 2
  • the R 3 ' end contains a reactive group R 01 or a slight variation of R 01 ;
  • the slight variation refers to the deprotected , Salt complexation and decomplexation, ionization, protonation, deprotonation, any chemical process in changing the leaving group, can be converted into a group of R 01 ;
  • D-3' is subjected to terminal micro-modification to obtain the structure shown in D-3 corresponding to general formula (1);
  • the terminal micro-modification is selected from the following chemical reactions: deprotection, salt Complexation and decomplexation, ionization, protonation, deprotonation, change of leaving group; wherein, R 1 and R 2 are the same, L 1 and L 2 are the same;
  • the aforementioned small molecule raw materials D-1 and D-2 can be purchased or obtained through self-synthesis.
  • the process of "protection” and “deprotection” of related groups is also involved in the reaction process.
  • the functional group In order to prevent the functional group from affecting the reaction, the functional group is usually protected.
  • the target functional group when there are two or more functional groups, only the target functional group is selectively reacted, so that other functional groups are protected.
  • the protecting group not only stably protects the target functional group, but also needs to be easily removed if necessary. Therefore, in organic synthesis, it is important to deprotect only the protecting group bonded to the designated functional group under appropriate conditions.
  • the "carboxyl protecting group” refers to a protecting group that can be converted into a carboxyl group by hydrolysis or a deprotection reaction of the carboxyl protecting group.
  • Carboxyl protecting group preferably alkyl (such as methyl, ethyl, tert-butyl) or aralkyl (such as benzyl), more preferably tert-butyl (tBu), methyl (Me) or ethyl (Et ).
  • protected carboxyl group refers to a group formed after the carboxyl group is protected by a suitable carboxyl protecting group, preferably methoxycarbonyl, ethoxycarbonyl, tert-butoxycarbonyl, benzyloxycarbonyl.
  • the carboxyl protecting group can be removed by hydrolysis under the catalysis of acid or base, and occasionally by pyrolysis reaction.
  • tert-butyl group can be removed under mild acidic conditions
  • benzyl group can be removed by hydrogenolysis.
  • the reagent for removing the carboxyl protecting group is selected from TFA, H 2 O, LiOH, NaOH, KOH, MeOH, EtOH and combinations thereof, preferably a combination of TFA and H 2 O, a combination of LiOH and MeOH, or a combination of LiOH and EtOH .
  • the protected carboxyl group is deprotected to produce the corresponding free acid, said deprotection being carried out in the presence of a base, said base and said free acid formed by said deprotection forming a pharmaceutically acceptable salt.
  • the "amino protecting group” includes all groups that can be used as a protecting group for a common amino group, such as aryl C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 alkoxy C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 alkoxycarbonyl, aryloxycarbonyl, C 1-6 alkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl or silyl, etc.
  • Preferred amino protecting groups are Boc tert-butoxycarbonyl, Moz p-methoxybenzyloxycarbonyl and Fmoc9-fluorenylideneoxycarbonyl.
  • the reagent for removing the amino protecting group is selected from TFA, H 2 O, LiOH, MeOH, EtOH and combinations thereof, preferably a combination of TFA and H 2 O, a combination of LiOH and MeOH, or a combination of LiOH and EtOH.
  • the reagent for removing the Boc protecting group is TFA or HCl/EA; preferably TFA.
  • the deprotecting agent used in the reaction of removing Fmoc protecting group is N,N-dimethylformamide (DMF) solution containing 20% piperidine.
  • the hydroxyl group protected by the hydroxyl protecting group is not particularly limited, for example, it may be an alcoholic hydroxyl group, a phenolic hydroxyl group or the like.
  • the amino group protected by the amino group is not particularly limited, for example, it may be from a primary amine, a secondary amine, a hydrazine, an amide, and the like.
  • the amino groups in the present invention are not particularly limited, including but not limited to primary amino groups, secondary amino groups, tertiary amino groups, and quaternary ammonium ions.
  • the deprotection of the protected hydroxyl group is related to the type of hydroxyl protecting group.
  • the type of the hydroxy protecting group is not particularly limited. Taking benzyl, silyl ether, acetal, and tert-butyl to protect the terminal hydroxy as an example, the corresponding deprotection methods include:
  • Benzyl deprotection can be realized by the hydrogenation of a hydrogenation reducing agent and a hydrogen donor, and the water content in this reaction system should be less than 1%, so that the reaction can proceed smoothly.
  • the hydrogenation reduction catalyst is not limited, and is preferably palladium and nickel, but is not limited to the support, but is preferably alumina or carbon, more preferably carbon.
  • Palladium is used in an amount of 1 to 100% by weight of the protected hydroxy compound, preferably 1 to 20% by weight of the protected hydroxy compound.
  • the reaction solvent is not particularly limited, as long as both the raw material and the product can be a solvent, but methanol, ethanol, ethyl acetate, tetrahydrofuran, acetic acid are preferred; methanol is more preferred.
  • the hydrogen donor is not particularly limited, but hydrogen, cyclohexene, 2-propanol, ammonium formate and the like are preferred.
  • the reaction temperature is preferably 25 to 40°C.
  • the reaction time is not particularly limited, and the reaction time is negatively related to the amount of catalyst used, preferably 1 to 5 hours.
  • the acetal or ketal compound used for such hydroxyl protection is preferably ethyl vinyl ether, tetrahydropyran, acetone, 2,2-dimethoxypropane, benzaldehyde and the like.
  • the deprotection of such acetals and ketals is achieved under acidic conditions, and the pH of the solution is preferably 0 to 4.
  • the acid is not particularly limited, but is preferably acetic acid, phosphoric acid, sulfuric acid, hydrochloric acid, nitric acid, more preferably hydrochloric acid.
  • the reaction solvent is not particularly limited as long as it can dissolve the reactants and products, preferably water.
  • the reaction temperature is preferably 0 to 30°C.
  • Compounds used for such hydroxyl protection include trimethylsilyl ether, triethylsilyl ether, dimethyl tert-butyl silyl ether, tert-butyl diphenyl silyl ether, and the like. And the deprotection of this type of silicon ether is through the compound containing fluorine ion, preferably tetrabutylammonium fluoride, tetraethylammonium fluoride, hydrofluoric acid, potassium fluoride, more preferably tetrabutylammonium fluoride, potassium fluoride .
  • fluorine ion preferably tetrabutylammonium fluoride, tetraethylammonium fluoride, hydrofluoric acid, potassium fluoride, more preferably tetrabutylammonium fluoride, potassium fluoride .
  • the consumption of fluorine-containing reagent is 5 to 20 times of the molar equivalent of protected hydroxyl, preferably 8 to 15 times of initiator, if the consumption of fluorine is less than 5 times of the molar equivalent of protected hydroxyl, it will cause incomplete deprotection;
  • the amount of protecting reagent used is greater than 20 times the molar equivalent of the protected hydroxyl group. Excessive reagents or compounds will cause troubles in purification and may be mixed into subsequent steps, thereby causing side reactions.
  • the reaction solvent is not particularly limited, as long as it can dissolve the reactants and products, preferably an aprotic solvent, more preferably tetrahydrofuran, dichloromethane.
  • the reaction temperature is preferably 0 to 30°C. When the temperature is lower than 0°C, the reaction speed is slow and the protecting group cannot be completely removed.
  • the deprotection of the tert-butyl group is carried out under acidic conditions, and the pH of the solution is preferably 0-4.
  • the acid is not particularly limited, but is preferably acetic acid, phosphoric acid, sulfuric acid, hydrochloric acid, nitric acid, more preferably hydrochloric acid.
  • the reaction solvent is not particularly limited as long as it can dissolve the reactants and products, preferably water.
  • the reaction temperature is preferably 0 to 30°C.
  • q 0
  • q 1 1
  • Z 1 is 1,2-methylene.
  • linkage groups such as amino acid and succinyl between A and R 01 , existing techniques (including but not limited to alkylation, condensation, click reaction, etc.), and prepared with reference to the linear functionalization described below.
  • the alkylation reaction of the present invention is preferably a reaction based on the alkylation of a hydroxyl group, a mercapto group or an amino group, which in turn corresponds to the formation of an ether bond, a thioether bond, a secondary amino group or a tertiary amino group. Examples are as follows:
  • the amine intermediate is obtained by nucleophilic substitution of the substrate alcohol, sulfonate derivatives, and halides.
  • the molar equivalent of sulfonate and halide is 1 to 50 times that of the substrate alcohol, preferably 1 to 5 times.
  • the reaction substitution is incomplete and difficult to purify.
  • the excess reagent will bring troubles to the purification and may be mixed into the subsequent steps, resulting in increased side reactions in the next step and increasing the difficulty of purification.
  • the resulting product is a mixture of ether intermediates and excess sulfonate esters, halides, which can be purified by means of anion exchange resins, osmosis, ultrafiltration, and the like.
  • anion exchange resins is not particularly limited, as long as the target product can undergo ion exchange and adsorption on the resin, preferably tertiary resins with dextran, agarose, polypropionate, polystyrene, polystyrene, etc. as the backbone.
  • the solvent for permeation and ultrafiltration generally it can be water or an organic solvent, wherein the organic solvent is not particularly limited as long as the product can be dissolved in it, preferably dichloromethane, trichloromethane, etc.
  • the reaction solvent is not limited, preferably an aprotic solvent such as toluene, benzene, xylene, acetonitrile, ethyl acetate, tetrahydrofuran, chloroform, methylene chloride, dimethylsulfoxide, dimethylformamide or dimethylethane amides, more preferably dimethylformamide, dichloromethane, dimethylsulfoxide or tetrahydrofuran.
  • an aprotic solvent such as toluene, benzene, xylene, acetonitrile, ethyl acetate, tetrahydrofuran, chloroform, methylene chloride, dimethylsulfoxide, dimethylformamide or dimethylethane amides, more preferably dimethylformamide, dichloromethane, dimethylsulfoxide or tetrahydrofuran.
  • Bases include organic bases (such as triethylamine, pyridine, 4-dimethylaminopyridine, imidazole, or diisopropylethylamine) or inorganic bases (such as sodium carbonate, sodium hydroxide, sodium bicarbonate, sodium acetate, carbonic acid Potassium or potassium hydroxide), preferably an organic base, more preferably triethylamine, pyridine.
  • the molar weight of the base is 1 to 50 times, preferably 1 to 10 times, more preferably 3 to 5 times the molar equivalent of the sulfonate or halide.
  • the amine intermediate is obtained by nucleophilic substitution of the substrate amine with a sulfonate derivative or a halide.
  • the molar equivalent of sulfonate and halide is 1 to 50 times, preferably 1 to 5 times, that of the substrate amine.
  • the reaction substitution is incomplete and difficult to purify.
  • the excess reagent will bring trouble to the purification and may be mixed into the subsequent steps, resulting in an increase in side reactions in the next step and increasing the difficulty of purification.
  • the resulting product is a mixture of amine intermediates and excess sulfonate esters, halides, which can be purified by means of anion exchange resins, osmosis, ultrafiltration, and the like.
  • anion exchange resins is not particularly limited, as long as the target product can undergo ion exchange and adsorption on the resin, preferably tertiary resins with dextran, agarose, polypropionate, polystyrene, polystyrene, etc. as the backbone.
  • Ion exchange resins for amines or quaternary ammonium salts are examples of the target product can undergo ion exchange and adsorption on the resin.
  • the solvent for permeation and ultrafiltration generally it can be water or an organic solvent, wherein the organic solvent is not particularly limited as long as the product can be dissolved in it, preferably dichloromethane, trichloromethane, etc.
  • the reaction solvent is not limited, preferably an aprotic solvent such as toluene, benzene, xylene, acetonitrile, ethyl acetate, tetrahydrofuran, chloroform, methylene chloride, dimethylsulfoxide, dimethylformamide or dimethylethane amides, more preferably dimethylformamide, dichloromethane, dimethylsulfoxide or tetrahydrofuran.
  • an aprotic solvent such as toluene, benzene, xylene, acetonitrile, ethyl acetate, tetrahydrofuran, chloroform, methylene chloride, dimethylsulfoxide, dimethylformamide or dimethylethane amides, more preferably dimethylformamide, dichloromethane, dimethylsulfoxide or tetrahydrofuran.
  • Bases include organic bases (such as triethylamine, pyridine, 4-dimethylaminopyridine, imidazole, or diisopropylethylamine) or inorganic bases (such as sodium carbonate, sodium hydroxide, sodium bicarbonate, sodium acetate, carbonic acid Potassium or potassium hydroxide), preferably an organic base, more preferably triethylamine, pyridine.
  • the molar weight of the base is 1 to 50 times, preferably 1 to 10 times, more preferably 3 to 5 times the molar equivalent of the sulfonate or halide.
  • the intermediate is obtained under the action of a reducing agent.
  • the molar equivalent of the aldehyde derivative is 1 to 20 times, preferably 1 to 2 times, more preferably 1 to 1.5 times that of the substrate amine.
  • the excess reagent will bring trouble to the purification and may be mixed into the subsequent steps, increasing the difficulty of purification.
  • the reaction is incomplete, which increases the difficulty of purification.
  • the reacted product can be purified by cation exchange resin, osmosis, ultrafiltration and other means to obtain an intermediate.
  • the cation exchange resin is not particularly limited, as long as it can exchange with quaternary ammonium cations to achieve the separation effect.
  • the solvent for permeation and ultrafiltration generally it can be water or an organic solvent, wherein the organic solvent is not particularly limited as long as the product can be dissolved in it, preferably dichloromethane, trichloromethane, etc.
  • the reaction solvent is not limited, preferably an organic solvent such as methanol, ethanol, water, toluene, benzene, xylene, acetonitrile, ethyl acetate, tetrahydrofuran, chloroform, dichloromethane, dimethylsulfoxide, dimethylformamide or Dimethylacetamide and the like; more preferably water and methanol.
  • organic solvent such as methanol, ethanol, water, toluene, benzene, xylene, acetonitrile, ethyl acetate, tetrahydrofuran, chloroform, dichloromethane, dimethylsulfoxide, dimethylformamide or Dimethylacetamide and the like; more preferably water and methanol.
  • the reducing agent is not particularly limited, as long as it can reduce imine to amine, preferably sodium borohydride, lithium aluminum hydride, sodium cyanoborohydride, Zn/AcOH, etc., more preferably sodium cyanoborohydride.
  • the amount of reducing agent used is 0.5 to 50 times, more preferably 1-10 times, the amount of aldehyde derivatives.
  • the trifunctional small molecule D-1 contains two identical reactive groups F 5 and R 3 ′, wherein F 5 is a reactive group, and the R 3 ′ end contains a reactive group R 01 or a micro-organism containing R 01 Variation; the minor variation refers to any chemical process in deprotection, salt complexation and decomplexation, ionization, protonation, deprotonation, and changing the leaving group, which can be converted into a group of R 01 group.
  • the trifunctional small molecule D-1 includes but is not limited to any of the following structures:
  • the method of terminal linear functionalization is not particularly limited, and is related to the type of the final functional group or its protected form.
  • the raw materials used in each preparation method can be purchased or synthesized by oneself.
  • the intermediates and final products prepared in the present invention can be purified by purification methods including but not limited to extraction, recrystallization, adsorption treatment, precipitation, reverse precipitation, membrane dialysis or supercritical extraction.
  • purification methods including but not limited to extraction, recrystallization, adsorption treatment, precipitation, reverse precipitation, membrane dialysis or supercritical extraction.
  • characterization methods including but not limited to NMR, electrophoresis, UV-Vis spectrophotometer, FTIR, AFM, GPC, HPLC, MALDI-TOF, and circular dichroism can be used.
  • a cationic liposome contains any one of the aforementioned cationic lipids whose structure is represented by the general formula (1).
  • preferred cationic liposomes also contain neutral lipids, steroid lipids and PEGylated lipids in addition to cationic lipids having a structure as shown in general formula (1).
  • the aforementioned neutral lipids are preferably phospholipids.
  • the neutral lipids in cationic liposomes preferably include but are not limited to 1,2-diolinoleoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphocholine (DLPC), 1,2 -Dimyristoyl-sn-glycero-phosphocholine (DMPC), 1,2-Dioleoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphocholine (DOPC), 1,2-Dipalmitoyl-sn-glycerol- 3-phosphocholine (DPPC), 1,2-distearoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphocholine (DSPC), 1,2-diundecanoyl-sn-glycero-phosphocholine (DUPC ), 1-palmitoyl-2-oleoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphocholine (POPC), 1,2-di-O-octadecenyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphocholine (18 :0Diether PC
  • DLPC 1,2-di
  • the steroid lipid in the cationic liposome is preferably cholesterol, coprosterol, sitosterol, ergosterol, campesterol, stigmasterol, brassicasterol, tomatine , any one of ursolic acid, ⁇ -tocopherol and a mixture thereof.
  • the PEGylated lipid in the cationic liposome is preferably polyethylene glycol-1,2 dimyristin (PEG-DMG), polyethylene glycol-di Stearoylphosphatidylethanolamine (PEG-DSPE), PEG-cholesterol, polyethylene glycol-diacylglycerol (PEG-DAG), polyethylene glycol-dialkoxypropyl (PEG-DAA), specifically including Macrogol 500-Dipalmitoylphosphatidylcholine, Macrogol 2000-Dipalmitoylphosphatidylcholine, Macrogol 500-Stearyl Phosphatidylethanolamine, Macrogol 2000-Distearyl Acylphosphatidylethanolamine, PEG 500-1,2-oleoylphosphatidylethanolamine, PEG 2000-1,2-oleoylphosphatidylethanolamine, and PEG 2000-2,3-dimyristyl Any of
  • the structure of the pegylated lipid in the cationic liposome is preferably as shown in general formula (2):
  • L 3 is a link or a divalent linking group.
  • it is a divalent linking group, it is selected from any one, any two, or any combination of two or more of L 4 , L 5 , and Z.
  • a valent linking group more preferably any divalent of -L 4 -, -ZL 4 -Z-, -L 4 -ZL 5 -, -ZL 4 -ZL 5 - and -L 4 -ZL 5 -Z- Linking group; wherein, the L 4 and L 5 are carbon chain linking groups, each independently being -(CR a R b ) t -(CR a R b ) o -(CR a R b ) p -, t, o and p are each independently an integer of 0-12, and t, o, and p are not 0 at the same time, R a and R b each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a C 1-12 alkyl group; the Z Each
  • B 3 and B 4 are each independently a link or a C 1-12 alkylene group
  • R 1 and R 2 are each independently a C 1-30 aliphatic hydrocarbon group
  • A is -(CR a R b ) s O- or -O(CR a R b ) s -, wherein, s is 2, 3 or 4, and R a and R b are each independently a hydrogen atom or C 1-12 alkyl;
  • n 1 is an integer of 20-250;
  • alkyl, alkylene, alkoxy, and aliphatic groups are each independently substituted or unsubstituted.
  • the structure of the PEGylated lipid in the cationic liposome is as shown in general formula (2) and is selected from any one of the following structural formulas:
  • any of the aforementioned cationic liposomes comprise 20-80% cationic lipids shown in formula (1), 5-15% neutral lipids, 25- 55% steroid lipids and 0.5-10% pegylated lipids, said percentages being the molar percentage of each lipid to the total lipids in the solution containing the solvent.
  • the molar percentage of the cationic lipid in the total lipid in the solution containing the solvent is 30-65%; more preferably about 35% , 40%, 45%, 46%, 47%, 48%, 49%, 50%, 55%.
  • the molar percentage of neutral lipids in the total lipids in the solution containing solvent is 7.5-13%; more preferably about 8 %, 9%, 10%, 11%, 12%.
  • the molar percentage of steroid lipids in the total lipids in the solution containing solvent is 35-50%, more preferably about 40% , 41%, 42%, 43%, 44%, 45%, 46%, 47%, 48%, 49%, 50%.
  • the molar percentage of pegylated lipids in the total lipids in the solution containing the solvent is 0.5-5%; preferably 1 -3%; more preferably any of about 1.5%, 1.6%, 1.7%, 1.8%, 1.9%.
  • cationic liposomes can be prepared by the following methods, including but not limited to film dispersion method, ultrasonic dispersion method, reverse phase evaporation method, freeze-drying method, freeze-thawing method, double emulsion method and/or injection method, micro
  • the fluidic method is preferably a thin film dispersion method or an injection method.
  • One embodiment of the present invention is a cationic liposome pharmaceutical composition, containing any one of the above-mentioned cationic liposomes and drugs, wherein, the cationic liposome contains any one of the above-mentioned structures such as
  • the cationic lipid represented by the general formula (1), the drug includes but not limited to nucleic acid drug, gene vaccine, anti-tumor drug, small molecule drug, polypeptide drug and protein drug, etc.
  • the cationic liposome pharmaceutical composition is prepared by a simple mixing method or a microfluidic method, specifically, the cationic lipid, neutral lipid, steroid Lipids and PEGylated lipids are dissolved in the organic phase to obtain an organic phase solution; drugs (therapeutic or preventive agents) are added to the aqueous phase according to a certain N/P ratio to obtain an aqueous phase solution; according to a suitable volume ratio, the The aforementioned organic phase solution and aqueous phase solution are mixed (microfluidic mixing or simple mixing); post-processing and purification to obtain a cationic liposome pharmaceutical composition.
  • the preferred drug is a nucleic acid drug selected from the group consisting of RNA, DNA, antisense nucleic acid, plasmid, mRNA (messenger RNA), interference Any one of nucleic acid, aptamer, miRNA inhibitor (antagomir), microRNA (miRNA), ribozyme and small interfering RNA (siRNA); preferably any one of RNA, miRNA and siRNA.
  • the cationic liposome pharmaceutical composition is preferably used as a medicine, including but not limited to antitumor agents, antiviral agents, antifungal agents, and vaccines.
  • the drug in the cationic liposome pharmaceutical composition is a nucleic acid drug
  • the N/P ratio of the cationic lipid to the nucleic acid is (0.5 ⁇ 20):1; more preferably ( 1-10):1, more preferably 2:1, 4:1, 6:1 or 10:1.
  • a cationic liposome pharmaceutical composition preparation contains any of the aforementioned cationic liposome pharmaceutical compositions and a pharmaceutically acceptable diluent or excipient, and the diluent or excipient is preferably It is any one of deionized water, ultrapure water, phosphate buffer and physiological saline, more preferably phosphate buffer or physiological saline, and most preferably physiological saline.
  • cationic liposome nucleic acid pharmaceutical composition The preparation of cationic lipid, cationic liposome, cationic liposome nucleic acid pharmaceutical composition and the biological activity test of cationic liposome nucleic acid pharmaceutical composition will be further described below in conjunction with some specific examples. The specific examples are to further describe the present invention in detail, without limiting the protection scope of the present invention.
  • the structure of the final product is characterized by NMR, or the molecular weight is confirmed by MALDI-TOF.
  • the preparation process is as follows:
  • Step a Add 100 mL of anhydrous dichloromethane to the compound N-hexyloctylamine (S1-1, 5.33 g, 25.0 mmol), stir and dissolve at room temperature. Potassium carbonate (K 2 CO 3 , 5.95g, 50.0mmol), 3-methanesulfonyloxypropionic acid (S1-2, 0.84g, 5.0mmol) and tetra-n-butylammonium bromide (0.19g, 0.6 mmol), the reaction solution was stirred at room temperature for 72 hours.
  • K 2 CO 3 Potassium carbonate
  • S1-2, 0.84g, 5.0mmol 3-methanesulfonyloxypropionic acid
  • tetra-n-butylammonium bromide (0.19g, 0.6 mmol
  • Step b Under argon atmosphere, add S1-3 (2.00 g, 7.0 mmol), 6-bromo-n-hexanol (S1-4, 1.51 g, 8.4 mmol) and 4 dissolved in dichloromethane (50 mL) to - Dicyclohexylcarbodiimide (DCC, 3.17g, 15.4mmol) was added into a round bottom flask of (dimethylamino)pyridine (DMAP, 0.21g, 1.8mmol), and reacted at room temperature for 16h. After the reaction, the precipitate was removed by filtration, the filtrate was concentrated, and the obtained residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography to obtain bromoester S1-5 (2.55 g).
  • DCC Dicyclohexylcarbodiimide
  • Step c Under the protection of nitrogen, the compound 4-amino-1-butanol (S1-6, 0.18g, 2.0mmol) was dissolved in acetonitrile (50mL), and S1-5 (2.24g, 5.0 mmol) and N,N-diisopropylethylamine (DIPEA, 0.36 g, 4.0 mmol) were stirred and reacted at room temperature for about 20 h.
  • DIPEA N,N-diisopropylethylamine
  • reaction solution was concentrated and dissolved in dichloromethane, extracted successively with 0.6M hydrochloric acid/10% sodium chloride solution and saturated sodium bicarbonate solution, and the organic phases were combined, dried with anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered, concentrated, passed Purified by column chromatography to obtain cationic lipid E1-1 (1.32g).
  • the main data of the H NMR spectrum of E1-1 are as follows: 1 H NMR (400MHz, CDCl 3 ) ⁇ : 4.06(t,4H),3.64-3.61(m,2H),3.24(t,4H),3.03(t,4H ), 3.02-2.81(m,14H), 1.80-1.21(m,60H), 0.87(t,12H).
  • the molecular weight of E1-1 was determined to be 823.76Da by MALDI-TOF test.
  • the preparation process is as follows:
  • the main data of the H NMR spectrum of E1-2 are as follows: 1 H NMR (400MHz, CDCl 3 ) ⁇ : 4.04(t,4H),3.86-3.78(m,2H),3.23(t,4H),3.03(t,4H ), 3.02-2.81(m,14H), 1.81-1.22(m,56H), 0.87(t,12H).
  • the molecular weight of E1-2 was determined to be 795.75Da by MALDI-TOF test.
  • the preparation process is as follows:
  • Step a Under argon atmosphere, add S1-3 (2.85g, 10.0mmol), 4-bromo-n-butanol (S1-8, 1.82g, 12.0mmol) dissolved in dichloromethane (150mL) and Add DCC (4.53g, 22.0mmol) to a round bottom flask of DMAP (0.31g, 2.5mmol), and react at room temperature for 16h. After the reaction, the precipitate was removed by filtration, the filtrate was concentrated, and the obtained residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography to obtain bromoester S1-9 (3.59 g).
  • Step b Under nitrogen protection, dissolve compound S1-6 (0.18g, 2.0mmol) in acetonitrile (50mL), and add S1-9 (2.10g, 5.0mmol) and DIPEA (0.36g, 4.0 mmol) was stirred at room temperature for about 20 h. After the reaction was completed, the reaction solution was concentrated and dissolved in dichloromethane, extracted successively with 0.6M hydrochloric acid/10% sodium chloride solution and saturated sodium bicarbonate solution, and the organic phases were combined, dried with anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered, concentrated, passed Purified by column chromatography to obtain cationic lipid E1-3 (1.23g).
  • the main data of the H NMR spectrum of E1-3 are as follows: 1 H NMR (400MHz, CDCl 3 ) ⁇ : 4.07(t,4H),3.64-3.61(m,2H),3.24(t,4H),3.03(t,4H ), 3.02-2.81(m,14H), 1.81-1.22(m,52H), 0.87(t,12H).
  • the molecular weight of E1-3 was determined to be 767.70Da by MALDI-TOF test.
  • Embodiment 2 Cationic Lipid (E2-1)
  • the preparation process is as follows:
  • Step a Compound S1-1 (2.57g, 12.0mmol) was dissolved in dichloromethane (50mL), and then 6-bromohexyl-N-succinimidyl carbonate (S2-1, 3.22g, 10.0 mmol) and triethylamine (TEA, 1.10 mL, 15.0 mmol), the reaction was stirred overnight at room temperature. After the reaction, the reaction solution was concentrated to obtain a crude product. Purified by column chromatography, concentrated, and dried by oil pump to obtain bromoester compound S2-2 (3.31g).
  • Step b Under nitrogen protection, compound S1-6 (0.18g, 2.0mmol) was dissolved in acetonitrile (50mL), and S2-2 (2.10g, 5.0mmol) and DIPEA (0.36g, 4.0 mmol) was stirred at room temperature for about 20 h. After the reaction was completed, the reaction solution was concentrated and dissolved in dichloromethane, extracted successively with 0.6M hydrochloric acid/10% sodium chloride solution and saturated sodium bicarbonate solution, and the organic phases were combined, dried with anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered, concentrated, passed Purified by column chromatography to obtain cationic lipid E2-1 (1.25g).
  • the main data of the H NMR spectrum of E2-1 are as follows: 1 H NMR (400MHz, CDCl 3 ) ⁇ : 4.05(t,4H),3.65-3.61(m,2H),3.22-3.06(m,8H),2.91-2.63 (m,6H), 1.81-1.22(m,60H), 0.88(t,12H).
  • the molecular weight of E2-1 was determined to be 767.73Da by MALDI-TOF test.
  • Embodiment 3 cationic lipid (E3-1)
  • the preparation process is as follows:
  • Step a Dissolve compound S3-1 (2.89g, 12.0mmol) in dichloromethane (50mL), then add S2-1 (3.22g, 10.0mmol) and TEA (1.10mL, 15.0mmol) sequentially, at room temperature The reaction was stirred overnight. After the reaction, the reaction solution was concentrated to obtain a crude product. Purified by column chromatography, concentrated, and dried by oil pump to obtain compound bromoester S3-2 (3.49g).
  • Step b Under nitrogen protection, compound S1-6 (0.18g, 2.0mmol) was dissolved in acetonitrile (50mL), and S3-2 (2.24g, 5.0mmol) and DIPEA (0.36g, 4.0 mmol) was stirred at room temperature for about 20 h. After the reaction was completed, the reaction solution was concentrated and dissolved in dichloromethane, extracted successively with 0.6M hydrochloric acid/10% sodium chloride solution and saturated sodium bicarbonate solution, and the organic phases were combined, dried with anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered, concentrated, passed Purified by column chromatography to obtain cationic lipid E3-1 (1.35g).
  • E3-1 The main data of the H NMR spectrum of E3-1 are as follows: 1 H NMR (400MHz, CDCl 3 ) ⁇ : 4.03(t,4H),3.64-3.61(m,2H),3.20-3.06(m,8H),2.91-2.59 (m,6H), 1.81-1.22(m,68H), 0.85(t,12H).
  • the molecular weight of E3-1 was determined to be 823.75Da by MALDI-TOF test.
  • Embodiment 4 Cationic Lipid (E4-1)
  • the preparation process is as follows:
  • Step a Compound S3-1 (2.89g, 12.0mmol) was dissolved in dichloromethane (50mL), and then 7-bromoheptyl-N-succinimidyl carbonate (S4-1, 3.36g, 10.0mmol) and TEA (1.10mL, 15.0mmol), the reaction was stirred overnight at room temperature. After the reaction, the reaction solution was concentrated to obtain a crude product. Purified by column chromatography, concentrated, and dried by oil pump to obtain bromoester compound S4-2 (3.61g).
  • Step b Under nitrogen protection, dissolve compound S1-6 (0.18g, 2.0mmol) in acetonitrile (50mL), and add S4-2 (2.32g, 5.0mmol) and DIPEA (0.36g, 4.0mL) sequentially under slow stirring mmol) was stirred at room temperature for about 20 h. After the reaction was completed, the reaction solution was concentrated and dissolved in dichloromethane, extracted successively with 0.6M hydrochloric acid/10% sodium chloride solution and saturated sodium bicarbonate solution, and the organic phases were combined, dried with anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered, concentrated, passed Purified by column chromatography to obtain cationic lipid E4-1 (1.40 g).
  • the main data of H NMR spectrum of E4-1 are as follows: 1 H NMR (400MHz, CDCl 3 ) ⁇ : 4.05(t,4H),3.64-3.61(m,2H),3.24-3.06(m,8H),2.90-2.61 (m,6H), 1.82-1.20(m,72H), 0.86(t,12H).
  • the molecular weight of E4-1 was determined to be 851.83Da by MALDI-TOF test.
  • Embodiment 5 cationic lipid (E5-1)
  • the preparation process is as follows:
  • Step a Under nitrogen protection, add 2-hexyldecanoic acid (S5-1, 2.56g, 10.0mmol), S1-4 (2.16g, 12.0mmol) and DMAP (0.31 g, 2.5mmol) was added to a round bottom flask with DCC (4.53g, 22.0mmol), and reacted at room temperature for 16h. After the reaction, the precipitate was removed by filtration, the filtrate was concentrated, and the obtained residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography to obtain bromoester S5-2 (3.39 g).
  • Step b Under nitrogen protection, dissolve compound S1-6 (0.36g, 4.0mmol) in acetonitrile (50mL), and add S5-2 (2.10g, 5.0mmol) and DIPEA (0.36g, 4.0mL) in turn under slow stirring mmol) was stirred at room temperature for about 20 h. After the reaction was completed, the reaction solution was concentrated and dissolved in dichloromethane, extracted successively with 0.6M hydrochloric acid/10% sodium chloride solution and saturated sodium bicarbonate solution, and the organic phases were combined, dried with anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered, concentrated, passed Purified by column chromatography to obtain compound S5-3 (1.40 g).
  • Step c Under nitrogen protection, dissolve compound S5-3 (0.86g, 2.0mmol) in acetonitrile (30mL), and add S5-4 (1.19g, 2.5mmol) sequentially under slow stirring, wherein S5-4 is obtained from S1 -4 with Prepared by reaction, the specific experimental steps refer to step b) of Example 1.1 and DIPEA (0.18 g, 2.0 mmol) and stirred at room temperature for about 20 h.
  • reaction solution was concentrated and dissolved in dichloromethane, extracted successively with 0.6M hydrochloric acid/10% sodium chloride solution and saturated sodium bicarbonate solution, and the organic phases were combined, dried with anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered, concentrated, passed Purified by column chromatography to obtain cationic lipid E5-1 (1.34g).
  • the main data of H NMR spectrum of E5-1 are as follows: 1 H NMR (400MHz, CDCl 3 ) ⁇ : 4.06(t,2H),4.01(t,2H),3.66-3.62(m,2H),3.22(t,2H ), 3.04(t,2H), 3.02-2.81(m,10H), 2.29-2.22(m,1H), 1.92-1.21(m,68H), 0.83(t,12H).
  • the molecular weight of E5-1 was determined to be 822.77Da by MALDI-TOF test.
  • the preparation process is as follows:
  • the main data of the H NMR spectrum of E6-1 are as follows: 1 H NMR (400MHz, CDCl 3 ) ⁇ : 4.06-4.00 (m, 4H), 3.65 (t, 2H), 3.22-3.09 (m, 4H), 2.90-2.75 (m,6H), 2.33-2.22(m,1H), 1.83-1.22(m,64H), 0.86(t,12H).
  • the molecular weight of E6-1 was determined to be 766.87Da by MALDI-TOF test.
  • the preparation process is as follows:
  • step a and step b of Example 5 the raw material 2-hexyldecanoic acid in step a was replaced with 2-octyldecanoic acid to prepare S6-1, and then according to the feeding amount and operation steps of Example 6.1, S6-1 was reacted with S3-2 to obtain cationic lipid E6-2.
  • the main data of H NMR spectrum of E6-2 are as follows: 1 H NMR (400MHz, CDCl 3 ) ⁇ : 4.06-4.02(m, 4H), 3.65(t, 2H), 3.22-3.10(m, 4H), 2.92-2.76 (m,6H), 2.33-2.24(m,1H), 1.79-1.22(m,72H), 0.85(t,12H).
  • the molecular weight of E6-2 was determined to be 822.62Da by MALDI-TOF test.
  • the preparation process is as follows:
  • Step a Under nitrogen protection, add S7-1 (2.08g, 10.0mmol), 7-pentadecanol (S7-2, 2.74g, 12.0mmol) and DMAP (0.31 g, 2.5mmol) was added to a round bottom flask with DCC (4.53g, 22.0mmol), and reacted at room temperature for 16h. After the reaction, the precipitate was removed by filtration, the filtrate was concentrated, and the obtained residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography to obtain a bromoester compound (S7-3, 3.47g).
  • Step b Under nitrogen protection, compound S1-6 (0.36g, 4.0mmol) was dissolved in acetonitrile (50mL), and S7-3 (2.10g, 5.0mmol) and DIPEA (0.36g, 4.0 mmol) was stirred at room temperature for about 20 h. After the reaction was completed, the reaction solution was concentrated and dissolved in dichloromethane, extracted successively with 0.6M hydrochloric acid/10% sodium chloride solution and saturated sodium bicarbonate solution, and the organic phases were combined, dried with anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered, concentrated, passed Purified by column chromatography to obtain compound S7-4 (1.40 g).
  • Step c Under nitrogen protection, compound S7-4 (0.86g, 2.0mmol) was dissolved in acetonitrile (30mL), and S2-2 (1.05g, 2.5mmol) and DIPEA (0.18g, 2.0 mmol) was stirred at room temperature for about 20 h. After the reaction was completed, the reaction solution was concentrated and dissolved in dichloromethane, extracted successively with 0.6M hydrochloric acid/10% sodium chloride solution and saturated sodium bicarbonate solution, and the organic phases were combined, dried with anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered, concentrated, passed Purified by column chromatography to obtain cationic lipid E7-1 (1.24g).
  • the main data of H NMR spectrum of E7-1 are as follows: 1 H NMR (400MHz, CDCl 3 ) ⁇ : 4.87-4.79(m, 1H), 4.03-3.99(t, 2H), 3.64-3.58(m, 2H), 3.24 -3.06 (m, 4H), 2.90-2.59 (m, 6H), 2.30-2.24 (t, 2H), 1.81-1.22 (m, 64H), 0.85 (t, 12H).
  • the molecular weight of E7-1 was determined to be 766.71Da by MALDI-TOF test.
  • the preparation process is as follows:
  • step a and step b of Example 7 the raw material 7-pentadecanol in step a is replaced with 9-heptadecanol to prepare S7-5, and then according to the feeding amount and operation steps of Example 7.1, S7-5 was reacted with S3-2 to obtain cationic lipid E7-2.
  • the main data of H NMR spectrum of E7-2 are as follows: 1 H NMR (400MHz, CDCl 3 ) ⁇ : 4.86-4.80(m, 1H), 4.02-3.98(t, 2H), 3.64-3.60(m, 2H), 3.26 -3.08 (m, 4H), 2.90-2.62 (m, 6H), 2.31-2.25 (t, 2H), 1.80-1.22 (m, 72H), 0.85 (t, 12H).
  • the molecular weight of E7-2 was determined to be 822.68Da by MALDI-TOF test.
  • Embodiment 8 Cationic Lipid (E8-1)
  • the preparation process is as follows:
  • the main data of the H NMR spectrum of E8-1 are as follows: 1 H NMR (400MHz, CDCl 3 ) ⁇ : 4.07(t,2H),4.01(t,2H),3.67-3.62(m,2H),3.22(t,2H ),3.04(t,2H),2.99-2.85(m,10H),2.30-2.21(m,1H),1.93-1.47(m,20H),1.45-1.16(m,44H),0.84(t,12H ).
  • the molecular weight of E8-1 was determined to be 794.83Da by MALDI-TOF test.
  • Embodiment 9 Cationic Lipid (E9-1)
  • R 1 is R2 is B 1 and B 2 are hexylene groups
  • X is N
  • L 3 is a butylene group
  • R3 is a hydroxyl group with a total molecular weight of about 795 Da.
  • the preparation process is as follows:
  • Step a Under nitrogen protection, dissolve compound S1-6 (0.36g, 4.0mmol) in acetonitrile (50mL), and add S9-1 (2.24g, 5.0mmol) sequentially under slow stirring, wherein S9-1 is obtained from S6 -1 with Prepared by reaction, the specific experimental steps refer to step b) of Example 6 and DIPEA (0.36g, 4.0mmol) and stirred at room temperature for about 20h.
  • reaction solution was concentrated and dissolved in dichloromethane, extracted successively with 0.6M hydrochloric acid/10% sodium chloride solution and saturated sodium bicarbonate solution, and the organic phases were combined, dried with anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered, concentrated, passed Purified by column chromatography to obtain compound S9-2 (1.48 g).
  • Step b Under the protection of nitrogen, the compound S9-2 (0.91g, 2.0mmol) was dissolved in acetonitrile (30mL), and S2-2 (1.05g, 2.5mmol) and DIPEA (0.18g, 2.0 mmol) was stirred at room temperature for about 20 h. After the reaction was completed, the reaction solution was concentrated and dissolved in dichloromethane, extracted successively with 0.6M hydrochloric acid/10% sodium chloride solution and saturated sodium bicarbonate solution, and the organic phases were combined, dried with anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered, concentrated, passed Purified by column chromatography to obtain cationic lipid E9-1 (1.30 g).
  • the main data of the H NMR spectrum of E9-1 are as follows: 1 H NMR (400MHz, CDCl 3 ) ⁇ : 4.87-4.78 (m, 1H), 4.03-3.99 (t, 2H), 3.58 (t, 2H), 3.24-3.06 (m,4H), 2.90-2.59(m,6H), 2.30-2.24(t,2H), 1.81-1.22(m,68H), 0.85(t,12H).
  • the molecular weight of E9-1 was determined to be 794.74Da by MALDI-TOF test.
  • the preparation process is as follows:
  • Step a Under the protection of nitrogen, 6-bromohexyl-4-nitrophenyl carbonate (S10-1, 3.45g, 10.0mmol, wherein S10-1 is formed from p-nitrophenyl chloroformate and Prepared by the reaction of 6-bromo-n-hexanol) was dissolved in dichloromethane (300mL), and S6-2 (9.12g, 40.0mmol) was added dropwise under stirring at room temperature, and then pyridine (1.00mL, 12.5mmol) was slowly added dropwise over 10min , then DMAP (0.24 g, 2.0 mmol) was added in one portion. Stir the reaction at room temperature for 16 h.
  • S10-1 6-bromohexyl-4-nitrophenyl carbonate
  • Step b Under nitrogen protection, the compound S1-6 (0.18g, 2.0mmol) was dissolved in acetonitrile (50mL), and S10-2 (1.06g, 2.5mmol) and DIPEA (0.18g, 2.0 mmol) was stirred at room temperature for about 20 h. After the reaction was completed, the reaction solution was concentrated and dissolved in dichloromethane, extracted successively with 0.6M hydrochloric acid/10% sodium chloride solution and saturated sodium bicarbonate solution, and the organic phases were combined, dried with anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered, concentrated, passed Purified by column chromatography to obtain compound S10-3 (0.72 g).
  • Step c Under nitrogen protection, compound S10-3 (0.44g, 1.0mmol) was dissolved in acetonitrile (20mL), and S2-2 (0.52g, 1.3mmol) and DIPEA (0.09g, 1.0 mmol) was stirred at room temperature for about 20 h. After the reaction was completed, the reaction solution was concentrated and dissolved in dichloromethane, extracted successively with 0.6M hydrochloric acid/10% sodium chloride solution and saturated sodium bicarbonate solution, and the organic phases were combined, dried with anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered, concentrated, passed Purified by column chromatography to obtain cationic lipid E10-1 (0.64g).
  • the main data of the H NMR spectrum of E10-1 are as follows: 1 H NMR (400MHz, CDCl 3 ) ⁇ : 4.71-4.68(m, 1H), 4.21(t, 2H), 4.03(t, 2H), 3.68-3.60(t ,2H), 2.55-2.46(m,10H), 1.75-1.25(m,64H), 0.89(t,12H).
  • the molecular weight of E10-1 was determined to be 782.72Da by MALDI-TOF test.
  • Embodiment 11 Cationic Lipid (E11-1)
  • the preparation process is as follows:
  • Step a Dissolve 1,3-propanediol (S11-1, 9.50g, 50mmol) containing a TBS-protected hydroxyl group in 400mL of dichloromethane solution, add pyridinium chlorochromate (PCC, 16.13g, 75.0mmol), After stirring at 15° C. for at least 2 hours, it was filtered, concentrated under reduced pressure, and purified by silica gel column chromatography to obtain 3-hydroxypropionic acid (S11-2, 6.02 g) with a hydroxyl group protected by TBS.
  • PCC pyridinium chlorochromate
  • Step b Dissolve the above compound S11-2 (5.64g, 30.0mmol) and 1-octanol (S11-3, 9.75g, 75.0mmol) in 200mL of dichloromethane solution, add p-toluenesulfonic acid monohydrate (TsOH • H2O , 1.14 g, 6.0 mmol) and anhydrous sodium sulfate (10.65 g, 75.0 mmol). After stirring at 15°C for at least 24 hours, it was filtered, and the crude product was concentrated under reduced pressure and purified by column chromatography to obtain the acetal with TBS-protected hydroxyl group (S11-4, 2.84 g).
  • TsOH • H2O 1.14 g, 6.0 mmol
  • sodium sulfate 10.65 g, 75.0 mmol
  • Step c Dissolve the above product S11-4 (2.16g, 5.0mmol) in THF (50mL) solution, place in a nitrogen-protected flask, add tetrabutylammonium fluoride solution (TBAF, 50mL, 1M), and react Overnight, remove TBS protection. Dry over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filter, and concentrate the filtrate to obtain the crude product of compound S11-5. Purified by column chromatography, concentrated, and dried by oil pump to obtain the acetal S11-5 (1.40 g, 88.6%) containing exposed hydroxyl groups.
  • THF tetrabutylammonium fluoride solution
  • Step d Under argon atmosphere, add S11-5 (0.76g, 2.4mmol), S11-6 (0.39g, 2.0mmol) and DMAP (61.00mg, 0.5mmol) dissolved in dichloromethane (100mL) ) was added to a round bottom flask of DCC (0.91g, 4.4mmol), and reacted at room temperature for 16h. After the reaction, the precipitate was removed by filtration, the filtrate was concentrated, and the obtained residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography to obtain bromoester S11-7 (0.81 g).
  • Step e Under the protection of nitrogen, the compound S1-6 (0.09g, 1.0mmol) was dissolved in acetonitrile (20mL), and S11-7 (0.62g, 1.3mmol) and DIPEA (0.09g, 1.0 mmol) was stirred at room temperature for about 20 h. After the reaction was completed, the reaction solution was concentrated and dissolved in dichloromethane, extracted successively with 0.6M hydrochloric acid/10% sodium chloride solution and saturated sodium bicarbonate solution, and the organic phases were combined, dried with anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered, concentrated, passed Purified by column chromatography to obtain compound S11-8 (0.42 g).
  • Step f Under nitrogen protection, compound 11-8 (0.30g, 0.6mmol) was dissolved in acetonitrile (20mL), and S1-5 (0.34g, 0.8mmol) and DIPEA (0.05g, 0.6 mmol) was stirred at room temperature for about 20 h. After the reaction was completed, the reaction solution was concentrated and dissolved in dichloromethane, extracted successively with 0.6M hydrochloric acid/10% sodium chloride solution and saturated sodium bicarbonate solution, and the organic phases were combined, dried with anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered, concentrated, passed Purified by column chromatography to obtain cationic lipid E11-1 (0.43g).
  • the main data of H NMR spectrum of E11-1 are as follows: 1 H NMR (400MHz, CDCl 3 ) ⁇ : 4.64(t,1H),4.06(t,4H),3.64-3.61(m,4H),3.52-3.36(m ,4H), 3.02-2.81(m,10H), 2.32(t,4H), 1.80-1.21(m,64H), 0.87(t,12H).
  • the molecular weight of E11-1 was determined to be 868.79Da by MALDI-TOF test.
  • the preparation process is as follows:
  • Step a Under argon atmosphere, glycerol (S12-1, 3.09g, 15.0mmol), K 2 CO 3 (6.21g, 45.0mmol), hexyl bromide (S12-2, 2.71 g, 16.5mmol) was dissolved in 100mL of DMF, and the mixture was stirred at 110°C for 16h. After confirming the completion of the reaction by thin-layer chromatography, the reaction solution was poured into water (100mL) for precipitation, filtered, and further purified by column chromatography. Separation and purification yielded glycerol ether compound S12-3 (3.35 g, 89.3%) with TBS-protected hydroxyl group.
  • Step b Dissolve the above product S12-3 (1.88g, 5.0mmol) in THF (50mL) solution, place in a nitrogen-protected flask, add tetrabutylammonium fluoride solution (TBAF, 50mL, 1M), and react Overnight, remove TBS protection. Dry over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filter, and concentrate the filtrate to obtain the crude product of compound S12-4. Purified by column chromatography, concentrated, and dried by oil pump to obtain hydroxyl-containing glycerol ether compound S12-4 (1.14 g, 87.9%).
  • THF tetrabutylammonium fluoride solution
  • Step c Under argon atmosphere, add S12-4 (0.62g, 2.4mmol), 8-bromooctanoic acid (S12-5, 0.45g, 2.0mmol) and DMAP ( 61.00mg, 0.5mmol) was added into a round bottom flask with DCC (0.91g, 4.4mmol), and reacted at room temperature for 16h. After the reaction, the precipitate was removed by filtration, the filtrate was concentrated, and the obtained residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography to obtain bromoester S12-6 (0.76 g).
  • Step d Under nitrogen protection, compound S1-6 (0.09g, 1.0mmol) was dissolved in acetonitrile (20mL), and S12-6 (0.58g, 1.3mmol) and DIPEA (0.09g, 1.0mL) were added sequentially under slow stirring. mmol) was stirred at room temperature for about 20 h. After the reaction was completed, the reaction solution was concentrated and dissolved in dichloromethane, extracted successively with 0.6M hydrochloric acid/10% sodium chloride solution and saturated sodium bicarbonate solution, and the organic phases were combined, dried with anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered, concentrated, passed Purified by column chromatography to obtain compound S12-7 (0.39 g).
  • Step e Under the protection of nitrogen, the compound S12-7 (0.28g, 0.6mmol) was dissolved in acetonitrile (20mL), and S4-2 (0.37g, 0.8mmol) and DIPEA (0.05g, 0.6 mmol) was stirred at room temperature for about 20 h. After the reaction was completed, the reaction solution was concentrated and dissolved in dichloromethane, extracted successively with 0.6M hydrochloric acid/10% sodium chloride solution and saturated sodium bicarbonate solution, and the organic phases were combined, dried with anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered, concentrated, passed Purified by column chromatography to obtain cationic lipid E12-1 (0.42g).
  • the main data of H NMR spectrum of E12-1 are as follows: 1 H NMR(400MHz, CDCl 3 ) ⁇ :5.15-5.07(m,1H),4.03(t,2H),3.70(t,2H),3.58-3.50(m ,4H),3.48-3.36(m,4H),3.22-2.91(m,10H),2.35-2.28(m,2H),1.96-1.47(m,20H),1.38-1.23(m,44H),0.87 (t,12H).
  • the molecular weight of E12-1 was determined to be 854.58Da by MALDI-TOF test.
  • the preparation process is as follows:
  • Step a Under the protection of nitrogen, dissolve 4-dimethylaminobutylamine (S13-1, 0.09g, 1.0mmol) in acetonitrile (50mL), and add S5-2 (2.10g, 5.0mmol) successively under slow stirring ) and DIPEA (0.36g, 4.0mmol) were stirred at room temperature for about 20h. After the reaction was completed, the reaction solution was concentrated and dissolved in dichloromethane, extracted successively with 0.6M hydrochloric acid/10% sodium chloride solution and saturated sodium bicarbonate solution, and the organic phases were combined, dried with anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered, concentrated, passed Purified by column chromatography to obtain compound S13-2 (1.51 g).
  • Step b Under nitrogen protection, dissolve compound S13-2 (0.91g, 2.0mmol) in acetonitrile (30mL), and add S2-2 (1.05g, 2.5mmol) and DIPEA (0.18g, 2.0 mmol) was stirred at room temperature for about 20 h. After the reaction was completed, the reaction solution was concentrated and dissolved in dichloromethane, extracted successively with 0.6M hydrochloric acid/10% sodium chloride solution and saturated sodium bicarbonate solution, and the organic phases were combined, dried with anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered, concentrated, passed Purified by column chromatography to obtain cationic lipid E13-1 (1.28g).
  • the main data of H NMR spectrum of E13-1 are as follows: 1 H NMR (400MHz, CDCl 3 ) ⁇ : 4.07-4.01 (m, 4H), 3.22-3.08 (m, 4H), 2.92-2.76 (m, 8H), 2.33 -2.26(m,1H),2.23(s,6H),1.83-1.22(m,64H),0.87(t,12H).
  • the molecular weight of E13-1 was determined to be 793.74Da by MALDI-TOF test.
  • cationic lipid E14-1 (1.43 g) was obtained by using S13-1, S12-6 and S4-2 as raw materials with the same molar weight.
  • the main data of the H NMR spectrum of E14-1 are as follows: The main data of the H NMR spectrum of E14-1 are as follows: 1 H NMR (400MHz, CDCl 3 ) ⁇ : 5.12-5.08 (m, 1H), 4.04 (t, 2H), 3.58 -3.52(m,4H),3.48-3.36(m,4H),3.23-2.92(m,12H),2.32-2.28(m,2H),2.23(s,6H),1.96-1.22(m,64H) ,0.87(t,12H).
  • the molecular weight of E14-1 was determined to be 881.82Da by MALDI-TOF test.
  • cationic lipid E15-1 (1.33 g) was obtained by using S13-1, S5-2 and S1-5 as raw materials with the same molar weight.
  • the main data of the H NMR spectrum of E15-1 are as follows: 4.06(t, 2H), 4.01(t, 2H), 3.63(t, 2H), 3.20(t, 2H), 3.02-2.81(m, 12H), 2.26( t,1H), 2.20(s,6H), 1.92-1.21(m,64H), 0.83(t,12H).
  • the molecular weight of E15-1 was determined to be 821.77Da by MALDI-TOF test.
  • R 1 is undecyl
  • R 2 is B 1 is a pentylene group
  • B 2 is a heptylene group
  • X is N
  • L 3 is butylene
  • R 3 is The total molecular weight is about 766 Da.
  • the preparation process is as follows:
  • Step a S3-1 (2.89g, 12.0mmol) was dissolved in dichloromethane (60mL), and 7-bromoheptyl-N-succinimidyl carbonate (S16-1, 3.35g, 10.0mmol) was added successively ) and TEA (1.10 mL, 15.0 mmol) were stirred overnight at room temperature. After the reaction, the reaction solution was concentrated to obtain a crude product. Purified by column chromatography, concentrated, and dried by oil pump to obtain bromoester compound S16-2 (3.65g).
  • Step b Under nitrogen protection, compound S13-1 (0.46g, 4.0mmol) was dissolved in acetonitrile (50mL), and S16-2 (2.31g, 5.0mmol) and DIPEA (0.36g, 4.0 mmol) was stirred at room temperature for about 20 h. After the reaction was completed, the reaction solution was concentrated and dissolved in dichloromethane, extracted successively with 0.6M hydrochloric acid/10% sodium chloride solution and saturated sodium bicarbonate solution, and the organic phases were combined, dried with anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered, concentrated, passed Purified by column chromatography to obtain compound S16-3 (1.62 g).
  • Step c under nitrogen protection, compound S16-3 (1.00g, 2.0mmol) was dissolved in acetonitrile (30mL), and 6-bromohexanoic acid undecyl ester (S16-4, 0.87g , 2.5mmol, wherein S16-4 was prepared by the reaction of 6-bromohexanoic acid and undecyl alcohol) and DIPEA (0.18g, 2.0mmol) were stirred at room temperature for about 20h.
  • reaction solution was concentrated and dissolved in dichloromethane, extracted successively with 0.6M hydrochloric acid/10% sodium chloride solution and saturated sodium bicarbonate solution, and the organic phases were combined, dried with anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered, concentrated, passed Purified by column chromatography to obtain cationic lipid E16-1 (1.26g).
  • the main data of the H NMR spectrum of E16-1 are as follows: 1 H NMR (400MHz, CDCl 3 ) ⁇ : 4.03(t, 4H), 3.22-3.09(m, 4H), 2.90-2.79(m, 8H), 2.30(t ,2H), 2.23(s,6H), 1.76-1.19(m,62H), 0.87(t,9H).
  • the molecular weight of E16-1 was determined to be 765.74Da by MALDI-TOF test.
  • the preparation process is as follows:
  • Step a Under nitrogen protection, dissolve diglycolamine (S17-1, 0.42g, 4.0mmol) in acetonitrile (50mL), and add S5-2 (2.10g, 5.0mmol) and DIPEA ( 0.36g, 4.0mmol) was stirred at room temperature for about 20h. After the reaction was completed, the reaction liquid was concentrated and dissolved in dichloromethane, extracted with 0.6M hydrochloric acid/10% sodium chloride solution and saturated sodium bicarbonate solution in sequence, the organic phases were combined, dried with anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered, concentrated, passed Purified by column chromatography to obtain compound S16-3 (1.44 g).
  • Step b Under nitrogen protection, the compound S16-3 (0.89g, 2.0mmol) was dissolved in acetonitrile (30mL), and S1-5 (0.87g, 2.5mmol) and DIPEA (0.18g, 2.0 mmol) was stirred at room temperature for about 20 h. After the reaction was completed, the reaction solution was concentrated and dissolved in dichloromethane, extracted successively with 0.6M hydrochloric acid/10% sodium chloride solution and saturated sodium bicarbonate solution, and the organic phases were combined, dried with anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered, concentrated, passed Purified by column chromatography to obtain cationic lipid E17-1 (1.33g).
  • the main data of H NMR spectrum of E17-1 are as follows: 1 H NMR (400MHz, CDCl 3 ) ⁇ : 4.06(t,2H),4.00(t,2H),3.70(t,2H),3.65-3.63(m,6H ), 3.20(t,2H), 3.02-2.81(m,8H), 2.65(t,2H), 2.25(t,1H), 1.80-1.19(m,60H), 0.83(t,12H).
  • the molecular weight of E17-1 was determined to be 810.74Da by MALDI-TOF test.
  • R 1 is undecyl
  • R 2 is B1 is a pentylene group
  • B2 is a butylene group
  • X is N
  • L3 is -CH 2 CH 2 OCH 2 CH 2 -
  • R 3 is hydroxyl
  • the total molecular weight is about 755Da.
  • cationic lipid E18-1 (1.24 g) was obtained by using S16-2, S17-1 and S16-4 as raw materials with the same molar weight.
  • the main data of H NMR spectrum of E18-1 are as follows: 1 H NMR (400MHz, CDCl 3 ) ⁇ : 4.03(t,4H),3.71(t,2H),3.63(t,4H),3.22-2.81(m,8H ), 2.65(t,2H), 2.30(t,2H), 1.77-1.19(m,58H), 0.87(t,9H).
  • the molecular weight of E18-1 was determined to be 754.64Da by MALDI-TOF test.
  • R 1 is undecyl
  • R 2 is B 1 is a pentylene group
  • B 2 is a heptylene group
  • X is N
  • L 3 It is ethylene
  • R 3 is hydroxyl
  • the total molecular weight is about 711Da.
  • cationic lipid E19-1 (1.15 g) was obtained by using S16-2, S17-1 and S16-4 as raw materials with the same molar weight.
  • the main data of H NMR spectrum of E19-1 are as follows: 1 H NMR (400MHz, CDCl 3 ) ⁇ : 4.03(t,4H),3.86-3.78(m,2H),3.22-3.09(m,4H),2.98-2.81 (m,6H), 2.30(t,2H), 1.79-1.20(m,58H), 0.88(t,9H).
  • the molecular weight of E19-1 was determined to be 710.70Da by MALDI-TOF test.
  • Example 20 Cationic Lipid (E20-1)
  • R 1 is undecyl
  • R 2 is B 1 is a pentylene group
  • B 2 is a heptylene group
  • X is N
  • L 3 is ethylene
  • R 3 is a hydroxyl group
  • the total The molecular weight is about 711Da.
  • the preparation process is as follows:
  • compound S16-3 (0.89g, 2.0mmol) was dissolved in acetonitrile (50mL), and 5-bromopentyl laurate (S20-1, 0.87g, 2.5mmol, Among them, S20-1 was prepared by the reaction of lauric acid and 5-bromo-1-pentanol) and DIPEA (0.18g, 2.0mmol) and stirred at room temperature for about 20h.
  • reaction solution was concentrated and dissolved in dichloromethane, extracted successively with 0.6M hydrochloric acid/10% sodium chloride solution and saturated sodium bicarbonate solution, and the organic phases were combined, dried with anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered, concentrated, passed Purified by column chromatography to obtain cationic lipid E20-1 (1.11 g).
  • the main data of the H NMR spectrum of E20-1 are as follows: 1 H NMR (400MHz, CDCl 3 ) ⁇ : 4.03(t, 4H), 3.86-3.78(m, 2H), 3.22-3.09(m, 4H), 2.98-2.83 (m,6H), 2.32(t,2H), 1.76-1.22(m,58H), 0.86(t,9H).
  • the molecular weight of E20-1 was determined to be 710.92Da by MALDI-TOF test.
  • R 1 is undecyl
  • R 2 is B 1 is a pentylene group
  • B 2 is a heptylene group
  • X is N
  • L3 is ethylene
  • R3 is hydroxyl
  • the total molecular weight is about 727Da.
  • the preparation process is as follows:
  • Step a Under the protection of nitrogen, dissolve S10-1 (4.14g, 12.0mmol) in dichloromethane (200mL), add 1-undecanol (S21-1, 8.26g, 48.0mmol) dropwise under stirring at room temperature ), followed by slow dropwise addition of pyridine (1.00 mL, 15.0 mmol) over 10 min, followed by addition of DMAP (0.29 g, 2.4 mmol) in one portion. Stir the reaction at room temperature for 16 h. After the reaction, extract twice with dichloromethane, combine the organic phases and wash with brine, then dry with anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filter and concentrate to obtain the crude product. Separation and purification through a silica gel column, and concentration gave 6-bromohexylundecyl carbonate (S21-2, 1.18g).
  • Step b Under the protection of nitrogen, the compound S1-7 (0.12g, 2.0mmol) was dissolved in acetonitrile (30mL), and S21-2 (1.08g, 2.5mmol) and DIPEA (0.18g, 2.0 mmol) was stirred at room temperature for about 20 h. After the reaction was completed, the reaction liquid was concentrated and dissolved in dichloromethane, extracted with 0.6M hydrochloric acid/10% sodium chloride solution and saturated sodium bicarbonate solution in sequence, the organic phases were combined, dried with anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered, concentrated, passed Purified by column chromatography to obtain compound S21-3 (0.60 g).
  • Step c Under nitrogen protection, compound S21-3 (0.36g, 1.0mmol) was dissolved in acetonitrile (20mL), and S16-2 (0.58g, 1.3mmol) and DIPEA (0.09g, 1.0 mmol) was stirred at room temperature for about 20 h. After the reaction was completed, the reaction solution was concentrated and dissolved in dichloromethane, extracted successively with 0.6M hydrochloric acid/10% sodium chloride solution and saturated sodium bicarbonate solution, and the organic phases were combined, dried with anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered, concentrated, passed Purified by column chromatography to obtain cationic lipid E21-1 (0.59g).
  • the main data of H NMR spectrum of E21-1 are as follows: 1 H NMR (400MHz, CDCl 3 ) ⁇ : 4.19(t,4H),4.03(t,2H),3.86-3.78(m,2H),3.22-3.09(m ,4H), 2.96-2.81(m,6H), 1.76-1.23(m,58H), 0.87(t,9H).
  • the molecular weight of E21-1 was determined to be 726.63Da by MALDI-TOF test.
  • R 1 is undecyl
  • R 2 is B 1 is a pentylene group
  • B 2 is a heptylene group
  • X is N
  • L 3 It is ethylene
  • R 3 is hydroxyl
  • the total molecular weight is about 739Da.
  • the preparation process is as follows:
  • Step a Under nitrogen protection, dissolve compound S1-7 (0.12g, 2.0mmol) in acetonitrile (30mL), and add S22-1 (1.23g, 2.5mmol) sequentially under slow stirring, wherein S22-1 is derived from 7 -Bromoheptanol with Prepared by reaction, the specific experimental steps refer to step b) of Example 1.1 and DIPEA (0.18g, 2.0mmol), and the reaction was stirred at room temperature for about 20h.
  • reaction solution was concentrated and dissolved in dichloromethane, extracted successively with 0.6M hydrochloric acid/10% sodium chloride solution and saturated sodium bicarbonate solution, and the organic phases were combined, dried with anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered, concentrated, passed Purified by column chromatography to obtain compound S22-2 (0.78 g).
  • Step b Under nitrogen protection, the compound S22-2 (0.47g, 1.0mmol) was dissolved in acetonitrile (20mL), and S16-4 (0.44g, 1.3mmol) and DIPEA (0.09g, 1.0 mmol) was stirred at room temperature for about 20 h. After the reaction was completed, the reaction solution was concentrated and dissolved in dichloromethane, extracted with 0.6M hydrochloric acid/10% sodium chloride solution and saturated sodium bicarbonate solution in sequence, the organic phases were combined, dried with anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered, concentrated, and passed Purified by column chromatography to obtain cationic lipid E22-1 (0.59 g).
  • the main data of H NMR spectrum of E22-2 are as follows: 1 H NMR (400MHz, CDCl 3 ) ⁇ : 4.03(t,4H),3.86-3.78(m,2H),3.63(t,2H),3.22-3.09(m ,4H), 2.99-2.81(m,6H), 2.30(t,4H), 1.81-1.19(m,58H), 0.88(t,9H).
  • the molecular weight of E22-1 was determined to be 738.65Da by MALDI-TOF test.
  • R 1 is nonyl
  • R 2 is Both B 1 and B 2 are heptylene groups
  • X is N
  • L 3 is ethylene
  • R 3 is hydroxyl
  • the total molecular weight is about It is 739 Da.
  • the preparation process is as follows:
  • reaction liquid was concentrated and dissolved in dichloromethane, extracted with 0.6M hydrochloric acid/10% sodium chloride solution and saturated sodium bicarbonate solution in sequence, the organic phases were combined, dried with anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered, concentrated, passed Purified by column chromatography to obtain cationic lipid E23-1 (1.21g).
  • the main data of the H NMR spectrum of E23-1 are as follows: 1 H NMR (400MHz, CDCl 3 ) ⁇ : 4.03(t,4H),3.86-3.76(m,2H),3.64(t,2H),3.22-3.09(m ,4H), 2.98-2.81(m,6H), 2.31(t,4H), 1.75-1.21(m,58H), 0.87(t,9H).
  • the molecular weight of E23-1 was determined to be 738.69Da by MALDI-TOF test.
  • R 1 is octane
  • R 2 is Both B 1 and B 2 are heptylene groups
  • L 3 is Ethylene
  • R 3 is hydroxyl
  • the total molecular weight is about 741Da.
  • the preparation process is as follows:
  • reaction solution was concentrated and dissolved in dichloromethane, extracted successively with 0.6M hydrochloric acid/10% sodium chloride solution and saturated sodium bicarbonate solution, and the organic phases were combined, dried with anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered, concentrated, passed Purified by column chromatography to obtain cationic lipid E24-1 (1.22g).
  • the main data of H NMR spectrum of E24-1 are as follows: 1 H NMR (400MHz, CDCl 3 ) ⁇ : 4.19(t,4H),4.03(t,2H),3.85-3.78(m,2H),3.63(t,2H ), 3.22-3.09 (m, 4H), 2.98-2.83 (m, 6H), 2.30 (t, 2H), 1.79-1.19 (m, 56H), 0.87 (t, 9H).
  • the molecular weight of E24-1 was determined to be 740.68Da by MALDI-TOF test.
  • the preparation process is as follows:
  • R 1 is R2 is B 1 and B 2 are hexylene groups
  • X is N
  • L 3 is R 3 is a hydroxyl group with a total molecular weight of about 867 Da.
  • the preparation process is as follows:
  • Step a Under the protection of nitrogen, the compound S25-1 (0.69g, 4.0mmol) was dissolved in acetonitrile (50mL), and S10-2 (2.17g, 5.0mmol) and DIPEA (0.36g, 4.0 mmol) was stirred at room temperature for about 20 h. After the reaction was completed, the reaction solution was concentrated and dissolved in dichloromethane, extracted successively with 0.6M hydrochloric acid/10% sodium chloride solution and saturated sodium bicarbonate solution, and the organic phases were combined, dried with anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered, concentrated, passed Purified by column chromatography to obtain compound S26-1 (1.67 g).
  • Step b Under nitrogen protection, the compound S26-1 (1.06g, 2.0mmol) was dissolved in acetonitrile (30mL), and S2-2 (1.05g, 2.5mmol) and DIPEA (0.18g, 2.0 mmol) was stirred at room temperature for about 20 h. After the reaction was completed, the reaction solution was concentrated and dissolved in dichloromethane, extracted successively with 0.6M hydrochloric acid/10% sodium chloride solution and saturated sodium bicarbonate solution, and the organic phases were combined, dried with anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered, concentrated, passed Purified by column chromatography to obtain cationic lipid E26-1 (1.39g).
  • the main data of H NMR spectrum of E26-1 are as follows: 1 H NMR (400MHz, CDCl 3 ) ⁇ : 4.71-4.68(m,1H),4.21(t,2H),4.03(t,2H),3.71(t,2H ), 3.12-2.49(m,18H), 2.55-2.46(m,4H), 1.75-1.25(m,60H), 0.89(t,12H).
  • the molecular weight of E26-1 was determined to be 866.75Da by MALDI-TOF test.
  • the preparation process is as follows:
  • Step a Under the protection of nitrogen, the compound 3-azidopropylamine (S27-1, 0.40g, 4.0mmol) was dissolved in acetonitrile (50mL), and S5-2 (2.09g, 5.0mmol) was added successively under slow stirring and DIPEA (0.36g, 4.0mmol) were stirred at room temperature for about 20h. After the reaction was completed, the reaction liquid was concentrated and dissolved in dichloromethane, extracted with 0.6M hydrochloric acid/10% sodium chloride solution and saturated sodium bicarbonate solution in sequence, the organic phases were combined, dried with anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered, concentrated, passed Purified by column chromatography to obtain compound S27-2 (1.41 g).
  • Step b Under nitrogen protection, the compound S27-2 (0.88g, 2.0mmol) was dissolved in acetonitrile (30mL), and S2-2 (1.05g, 2.5mmol) and DIPEA (0.18g, 2.0 mmol) was stirred at room temperature for about 20 h. After the reaction was completed, the reaction solution was concentrated and dissolved in dichloromethane, extracted successively with 0.6M hydrochloric acid/10% sodium chloride solution and saturated sodium bicarbonate solution, and the organic phases were combined, dried with anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered, concentrated, passed Purified by column chromatography to obtain cationic lipid E27-1 (1.23g).
  • the main data of H NMR spectrum of E27-1 are as follows: 1 H NMR (400MHz, CDCl 3 ) ⁇ : 4.06(t,2H),4.01(t,2H),3.24-3.06(m,4H),2.90-2.59(m ,6H), 2.25(t,1H), 1.81-1.22(m,64H), 0.85(t,12H).
  • the molecular weight of E27-1 was determined to be 777.72Da by MALDI-TOF test.
  • Embodiment 28 Preparation of cationic liposome nucleic acid pharmaceutical composition
  • control group 1 cationic lipid is ALC-0315, prepared with reference to the method disclosed in document CN108368028A; control group 2: cationic lipid
  • the substance was SM102, which was prepared by referring to the method disclosed in the document CN110520409A; the experimental group series (L-1-L-31): the cationic lipids were prepared in the examples of this application, specifically as shown in Table 1.
  • LNP-mRNA cationic liposome nucleic acid pharmaceutical composition
  • Embodiment 29 Physicochemical property test of cationic liposome nucleic acid pharmaceutical composition
  • Encapsulation efficiency determination in the present embodiment, use Quant-it Ribogreen RNA quantitative assay kit to measure the encapsulation efficiency of cationic liposome, the result shows that cationic liposome of the present invention has higher encapsulation efficiency to nucleic acid drug (mRNA). Encapsulation rates are all in the range of 80%-95%, and most of the encapsulation rates are in the range of 85%-95%, as shown in Table 1 specifically.
  • the cationic lipid containing multiple nitrogen branches in the present application has an encapsulation efficiency higher or lower than that of the control group, and the encapsulation efficiency of the lipid compound that draws the hydrophobic fatty tail chain by the tertiary amine as nitrogen branching is higher Low, for example, the encapsulation efficiency of L-1, L-2, L-3, and L-12 is relatively low, and the amine in the carbamate bond is used as a nitrogen branch to draw a cationic lipid with a hydrophobic fatty tail
  • the encapsulation efficiency is higher, and one end is branched by the amine in the urethane bond as a nitrogen branch to draw a hydrophobic aliphatic tail chain, and one end is branched by a carbon branch to draw a hydrophobic tail chain.
  • the encapsulation effect of the hydrophobic tail chain is better, such as L-8 , L-9, L-10 and L-16.
  • the particle size of LNP-mRNA was measured by dynamic light scattering (DLS).
  • the measured cationic liposomes have high size uniformity, and their PDIs are all less than 0.3.
  • the particle size of the cationic liposomes prepared from the lipid composition of the present application is in the range of 90-120 nm, specifically as shown in Table 1.
  • Embodiment 30 the biological activity test of cationic liposome nucleic acid pharmaceutical composition
  • Adopt MTT staining method to test the cytotoxicity of cationic liposome nucleic acid drug composition of the present invention cationic liposome nucleic acid drug is dissolved in the culture medium and is made into required dosage, uses 293T cell as cell model, with seeding density 4 * 10 4 cells/well, inoculate 100 ⁇ L/well of the cell suspension into a 96-well plate. After inoculation, incubate for 24 hours in the cell culture incubator, and then administer according to the dose of 0.2ug mRNA per well, add the corresponding volume of fresh medium to the blank control group, and each group has 3 duplicate wells.
  • composition preparation was co-incubated with 293T cells for 24 hours, 20 ⁇ L of PBS buffer solution of 5 mg/mL MTT was added to each well. After MTT was incubated with 293T cells for 4 hours, the mixture of medium and MTT buffer solution was discarded, and 150 ⁇ L/well of DMSO was added. After shaking sufficiently, measure the absorbance with a microplate reader. Calculate according to the light absorption value that records, and the result shows, compares with blank control group, the cell viability rate of the cationic liposome nucleic acid pharmaceutical composition prepared by the present invention is all greater than 95%, illustrates cationic liposome nucleic acid medicine of the present invention
  • the composition has good biocompatibility.
  • L-8, L-9, L-10, L-11, L-16, L-23) rather than the hydrophobic long Cationic lipids at the tail chain (such as L-1, L-12, L-26) are more conducive to the formation of cationic liposomes, which can better encapsulate nucleic acid drugs, and also help nucleic acid drugs from endosomes Released into the cytoplasm to play a role, thus showing a higher encapsulation efficiency and cell transfection efficiency.

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Epidemiology (AREA)
  • Molecular Biology (AREA)
  • Biochemistry (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Proteomics, Peptides & Aminoacids (AREA)
  • Oil, Petroleum & Natural Gas (AREA)
  • Dispersion Chemistry (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • Medicinal Preparation (AREA)
  • Organic Low-Molecular-Weight Compounds And Preparation Thereof (AREA)

Abstract

提供了一种结构如通式(1)所示的新型阳离子脂质，具体涉及一种含氮的阳离子脂质，还涉及包含该阳离子脂质的脂质体、含该阳离子脂质的脂质体药物组合物及其制剂和应用，式中各符号的定义如本文所定义的。涉及的一种包含式(1)所示的阳离子脂质的阳离子脂质体，能够提高药物尤其是核酸药物的装载率和转运率。所述的新型阳离子脂质的末端还可以含有荧光性基团或靶向基团，使得含有该阳离子脂质的阳离子脂质体药物组合物能兼具荧光或者靶向功能。涉及的一种前述阳离子脂质体核酸药物组合物制剂有很好的基因复合能力和较高的基因转染力，进一步提高药物的基因治疗和/或诊断效果，为药物递送领域提供了更多可选择的阳离子脂质。

Description

含氮的阳离子脂质及其应用 技术领域
本发明属于药物输送领域，具体涉及一种药用载体阳离子脂质，尤其涉及一种含氮的阳离子脂质，包含该阳离子脂质的脂质体、含该阳离子脂质的脂质体核酸药物组合物及其制剂和应用。
背景技术
脂质体被广泛用于递送核酸药物、基因疫苗、抗肿瘤药物、小分子药物、多肽药物或蛋白质药物，尤其随着两款转录信使RNA(mRNA)疫苗被批准用于接种预防新冠病毒，使得载mRNA的脂质纳米粒(Lipid nanoparticle，LNP)成为当下热门的递送技术。LNP除了含有带负电荷的mRNA外，还含有可电离的阳离子脂质(ionizable lipids)、中性辅脂质、固醇类脂质和聚乙二醇化脂质四种成分，其中，阳离子脂质通过静电与携带负电荷的mRNA相互作用，辅助脂质一般为磷脂起到防止脂质氧化或将配体连接至脂质体的表面或者减少脂质颗粒的聚集的作用，固醇类脂质有较强的膜融合性，促进mRNA胞内摄入和胞质进入；PEG化脂质位于脂质纳米粒表面，改善其亲水性，避免被免疫***快速清除，防止颗粒聚集，增加稳定性。制备LNP的四种脂质中，最关键的是可电离的阳离子脂质，其在生理条件下不电离而带中性电荷，在酸性条件下能电离而带部分正电荷，例如在阳离子脂质作为载体递送核酸类药物时，在低pH下阳离子脂质与核酸(例如编码抗原或者荧光蛋白的mRNA)通过静电作用相互结合而被封装到LNPs中，封装完成的LNPs在细胞外保持表面整体中性电荷以减少非特异性相互作用从而进入细胞，进入细胞后，细胞内体内的酸性环境会使LNPs的表面电荷变为正电荷，从而促进mRNA从内体逃逸到细胞质中，进一步地在细胞质中翻译成相应的活性分子(例如抗原分子或者荧光蛋白)，最终实现mRNA分子的高效递送和转染。
尽管阳离子脂质用于药物输送取得了最新的进展，但本领域内仍然需要适合于常规治疗用途的可选择的阳离子脂质。文献WO2021026358A1报道了含氮的脂质在生理pH值下可以质子化而带有正电荷或部分正电荷。因此本申请设计了一些含有氮或者多级氮支化的新型阳离子脂质。
发明内容
本发明提供了新型阳离子脂质、包含所述阳离子脂质的阳离子脂质体以及含有该阳离子脂质体的药物组合物及其制剂，阳离子脂质体药物组合物制剂能将药物递送至细胞内，提高药物的转运率，从而提高核酸类药物的治疗效果。
本发明的上述目的通过如下技术方案予以实现,
本发明的一种实施方案：
一种阳离子脂质，其特征在于，结构如通式(1)所示：
Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-000001
其中，X为N或者CR a，所述R a为H或C 1-12烷基；
L 1、L 2各自独立地为连接键、-O(C＝O)-、-(C＝O)O-、-O(C＝O)O-、-C(＝O)-、-O-、-O(CR cR c) sO-、-S-、-C(＝O)S-、-SC(＝O)-、-NR cC(＝O)-、-C(＝O)NR c-、-NR cC(＝O)NR c-、 -OC(＝O)NR c-、-NR cC(＝O)O-、-SC(＝O)NR c-和-NR cC(＝O)S-中任一种，其中，R c每次出现时各自独立地为氢原子或C 1-12烷基，s为2、3或4；
L 3为连接键或二价连接基；
B 1、B 2各自独立地为连接键或C 1-30亚烷基；
R 1、R 2各自独立地为
Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-000002
C 1-30脂肪烃基或C 1-30脂肪烃衍生物残基，且R 1、R 2至少有一个为
Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-000003
其中，t为0-12的整数，R e、R f各自独立地为C 1-C 15烷基、C 2-C 15烯基和C 2-C 15炔基中任一种；
R 3为氢原子、-R d、-OR d、-NR dR d、-SR d、-(C＝O)R d、-(C＝O)OR d、-O(C＝O)R d、-O(C＝O)OR d或
Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-000004
其中，R d每次出现时各自独立地为C 1-12烷基，NR dR d中的两个R d可以连接起来成环，G 1为k+1价的末端支化基团，j为0或1，F含有功能性基团R 01，j为0时，G 1不存在，j为1时，G 1引出k个的F，k为2-8的整数；
所述烷基、亚烷基、脂肪烃基、烯基和炔基各自独立地为取代的或未取代的。
本发明还提供了另外一种实施方案：
一种阳离子脂质体，包含结构如式(1)所示的阳离子脂质。
本发明还提供了另外一种实施方案：
一种脂质体药物组合物，含有阳离子脂质体和药物，且该阳离子脂质体含有结构如式(1)所示的阳离子脂质。
本发明还提供了另一种实施方案：
一种脂质体药物组合物制剂，含有前述的脂质体药物组合物和药学上可接受的稀释剂或赋形剂。
与现有技术相比，本发明具有如下有益效果：
本发明的新型阳离子脂质化合物为含有多个氮的阳离子脂质，丰富了阳离子脂质种类，为脂质递送材料的选择提供了更多选择，具体地能应用于核酸药物、基因疫苗、抗肿瘤药物、小分子药物、多肽药物或蛋白质药物等的递送，从而提高这些药物作为预防剂和/或治疗剂的治疗和/或诊断效果。本发明的新型阳离子脂质的末端还可以含有荧光性基团或靶向基团，使得含有该阳离子脂质的阳离子脂质体药物组合物，能兼具荧光或者靶向功能，进一步提高药物的治疗和/或诊断效果，尤其是应用于核酸药物的递送，提高药物的基因治疗和/或基因诊断效果。
本发明的新型阳离子脂质，可以由氨基甲酸酯键中的胺作为氮支化引出疏水性脂肪尾链，且一端由氨基甲酸酯键中的胺作为氮支化引出疏水性脂肪尾链，另一端由碳支化引出疏水尾链的阳离子脂质的包封效果和转染效果最佳。
实施方式
术语说明
在本发明中，除非另外指明，否则各术语具有以下含义。
本发明中，当涉及到的结构具有同分异构体时，没有特别指定的情况下，可以为其中任一种异构体。例如对于存在顺反异构体的结构，既可以为顺式结构也可以为反式结构；存在E/Z异构体的结构，既可以为E结构也可以为Z结构；有旋光性时可以为左旋或右旋。
本发明中，数值区间的释义，既包括短横线标记的数值区间(如1-6)，也包括波浪线标记的数值区间如(1～6)。本发明中，在没有特别说明的情况下，以区间形式标记的整数区间均可表示该区间范围内所有整数构成的组，且该范围包括两个端点。如整数范围1-6表示1、2、3、4、5、6构成的组。本发明中的数值范围，包括但不限于整数、非整数、百分数、分数表示的数值范围，如无特别说明，均包括两个端点。
本发明中，式(2-39)到式(2-48)指包含式(2-39)、式(2-40)、式(2-41)、式(2-42)、式(2-43)、式(2-44)、式(2-45)、式(2-46)、式(2-47)和式(2-48)。
本发明中的数值涉及“约”、“左右”一般指±10％的数值范围，部分情况可放大到±15％，但不超过±20％。以预设数值为基数。例如，类固醇脂质占包含溶剂的溶液中的总脂质的摩尔百分比约为40％，一般可认为包括类固醇脂质的摩尔百分比为30％-50％的情形。
本发明中，除非特别说明，否则术语“包括”、“包含”和“含有”以及类似的表述应在本说明书和权利要求书中以开放性和包含性的含义解释为“包括但不限于”。
本发明中两个或多个对象“各自独立地优选”，当具有多级的优选情况时，并不要求均选自同级的优选组，可以一个为大范围的优选、一个为小范围的优选，也可以一个为最大范围、另一个为任一种优选情况，也可以选自同级的优选。
本发明中的二价连接基，例如亚烃基、亚烷基、亚芳基、酰胺键等，没有特别限定的情况下，其连接其它基团时可选两个连接端中的任一个，例如在C-CH 2CH 2-和-CH 2-D之间以酰胺键作为二价连接基时，可以为C-CH 2CH 2-C(＝O)NH-CH 2-D或C-CH 2CH 2-NHC(＝O)-CH 2-D。
本发明的结构式中，当连接基的端基与连接基含有的取代基易发生混淆时，采用
Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-000005
来标记连接基中连接其它基团的位置，如在结构式
Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-000006
中，采用的
Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-000007
来标记二价连接基中连接其它基团的两个位置，前述两个结构式分别表示-CH(CH 2CH 2CH 3) 2-、-CH 2CH 2CH(CH 3) 2-CH 2CH 2-。
本发明中，基团中的碳原子数范围以下标形式标注在C的下标位置，表示该基团具有的碳原子数，例如C 1-12表示“具有1至12个碳原子”、C 1-30表示“具有1至30个碳原子”。“取代的C 1-12烷基”指C 1-12烷基的氢原子被取代得到的化合物。“C 1-12取代的烷基”指烷基的氢原子被取代后得到的化合物中具有1-12个碳原子。又如当一个基团可选自C 1-12亚烷基时，可选自下标所示范围中任一种碳原子数的亚烷基，即可选自C 1、C 2、C 3、C 4、C 5、C 6、C 7、C 8、C 9、C 10、C 11、C 12亚烷基中任一种亚烷基。本发明中，在没有特别说明的情况下，以区间形式标记的下标均表示可选自该范围内任一整数，该范围包括两个端点。
本发明中的杂原子没有特别限定，包括但不限于O、S、N、P、Si、F、Cl、Br、I、B等。
本发明中，将所述用于取代的杂原子称为“取代原子”，所述用于取代的任一基团称为“取代基”。
本发明中，“取代的”意指任何基团(例如，脂肪烃基、烃基、烷基或亚烷基)其中至少一个氢原子被与非氢原子连接的键取代，该非氢原子例如，但不限于：诸如F、Cl、Br和I的卤素原子；氧代基团(＝O)；羟基(-OH)；烃氧基(-OR d，其中R d为C 1-12烷基)；羧基(-COOH)；胺基团(-NR cR c，两个R c各自独立地为H、C 1-12烷基)；C 1-12烷基和环烷基。在一些实施方案中，所述取代基为C 1-12烷基。在其他实施方案中，所述取代基为环烷基。在其他实施方案中，所述取代基为卤代基团，例如氟代。在其他实施方案中，所述取代基为氧代基团。在其他实施方案中，所述取代基为羟基。在其他实施方案中， 所述取代基为烷氧基。在其他实施方案中，所述取代基为羧基。在其他实施方案中，所述取代基为胺基团。
本发明中，“碳链连接基”指主链原子全部为碳原子的连接基，而侧链部分则允许杂原子或含杂原子的基团取代主链碳的氢原子。“主链原子”为杂原子时，也称为“主链杂原子”，如A-S-CH 2-B、A-O-CH 2-B、
Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-000008
(原子间隔记为4)视为含有主链杂原子。碳链连接基可以分为亚烃基和侧基含杂原子的碳链连接基；所述侧基含杂原子的碳链连接基包括但不限于氧代(＝O)、硫代(＝S)、氨代(通过碳氮双键与主链碳相连)、醚键形式的氧杂烃基、硫醚键形式的硫杂烃基、叔氨基形式的氮杂烃基等。“碳链连接基”主链全部由碳原子构成，碳链的侧基允许含有杂原子。也即由亚甲基或取代的亚甲基连接而成。所述取代的亚甲基可以被一个一价取代基、二个一价取代基或一个二价取代基(如二价氧，如与二价亚甲基共同构成三元环
Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-000009
)取代。所述取代的亚甲基可以是一个氢原子被取代(如-CH(CH 3)-)，也可以是两个氢原子分别被取代(如-(CH 3)C(OCH 3)-)，还可以是两个氢原子同时被取代(如羰基、硫代羰基、-C(＝NH)-、-C(＝N +H 2)-)，还可以是环状侧基(如
Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-000010
原子间隔记为1)。
本发明中的仲胺键、联氨键指“-NH-”两端均被亚烃基封端，如-CH 2-NH-CH 2-；而如-C(＝O)-NH-则称为酰胺键，不视为含有仲胺键。
本发明中，对于一个化合物、一个基团或一个原子，可以同时被取代和被杂化，例如硝基苯基取代氢原子，又如-CH 2-CH 2-CH 2-被替换为-CH 2-S-CH(CH 3)-。
本发明中，“连接键”指只起连接作用，不含有任何原子，当某个基团定义可以为连接键时，也即表示该基团可以不存在。
本发明中，“每次出现时各自独立地为”不仅指的是不同基团里面可以各自独立地为定义里的任一选项，还表示同一个基团里不同位置上出现时同样可以各自独立地为定义里的任一选项，例如，-Z-L 4-Z-中，“Z每次出现时各自独立为-(C＝O)-、-O(C＝O)-、-(C＝O)O-、-O(C＝O)O-、-O-、-S-、-C(＝O)S-、-SC(＝O)-、-NR cC(＝O)-、-C(＝O)NR c-、-NR cC(＝O)NR c-、-OC(＝O)NR c-、-NR cC(＝O)O-、-SC(＝O)NR c-和-NR cC(＝O)S-中任一种，其中R c每次出现时各自独立地为氢原子或C 1-12烷基”，在“-Z-L 4-Z-”基团中，两个Z基团可以相同或不同，在基团“-NR cC(＝O)NR c-”中，两个R c可以相同或不同，各自独立地为氢原子或C 1-12烷基。
本发明中的“基团”含有至少1个原子，指化合物失去一个或多个原子形成的自由基。相对于化合物，失去部分基团后形成的基团也称为残基。基团的价态没有特别限定，作为举例可以分为一价基团、二价基团、三价基团、四价基团、……、一百价基团等。其中，价态大于等于2的基团统称为连接基。连接基还可以只含有一个原子，如氧基、硫基。
本发明中，“烃”指由碳原子和氢原子组成的碳氢化合物。
本方明中，按烃基类别，烃分为脂肪烃和芳烃两种。不含苯环、烃基取代的苯环中任一种结构的烃定义为脂肪烃。含有至少一个苯环或烃基取代的苯环的烃定义为芳烃。且芳烃中可以含有脂肪烃基结构，如甲苯、二苯基甲烷、2,3-二氢茚等。
本方明中，按饱和度情况，烃分为饱和烃、不饱和烃两种。所有的芳烃均为不饱和烃。饱和的脂肪烃又称为烷烃。不饱和的脂肪烃的不饱和度没有特别限定。作为举例，包括但不限于烯烃(含双键)、炔烃(含三键)、二烯烃(含两个共轭双键)等。当芳烃中脂肪烃部分为饱和结构时，也称为芳烷烃，如甲苯。
本发明中，对于烃的结构没有特别限制，可以为不含侧基的直链结构、含侧基的支链结构、含环状结构、树状结构、梳状结构、超支化结构等形式。没有特别定义的情况下，优选不含侧基的直链结构、含侧基的支链结构、含环状结构，分别对应直链烃、支链烃、环烃。其中，不含环状结构的烃统称为开链烃，包括但不限于不含侧基的直链结构、含侧基的支链结构。开链烃属于脂肪烃。所以直链烃也可以成为直链脂肪烃。支链烃也可以成为支链脂肪烃。
本发明中，烃中任一位置的碳原子被杂原子取代形成的化合物，统称为杂烃。
本发明中，“烃基”指烃失去至少一个氢原子后形成的残基。根据失去的氢的数量，可以分为一价烃基(失去一个氢原子)、二价烃基(失去两个氢原子，也称为亚烃基)、三价烃基(失去三个氢原子)等，依次类推，当失去n个氢原子时，形成的烃基的价态即为n。没有特别指定的情况下，本发明中的烃基特指一价烃基。
本发明中的烃基的来源没有特别限制，例如可以源自脂肪烃或芳烃，也可以源自饱和烃或不饱和烃，也可以源自直链烃、支链烃或环烃，还可以源自烃或杂烃等等。从饱和度的角度，例如可以源自烷烃、烯烃、炔烃、二烯烃等；对于环烃，例如可以源自脂环烃或芳烃、单环烃或多环烃；对于杂环烃，例如可以源自脂杂环烃或芳杂环烃。
本发明中，“脂肪烃基”指脂肪烃失去至少一个氢原子后形成的残基。没有特别指定的情况下，本发明中的脂肪烃基特指一价脂肪烃基。脂肪烃基包含饱和脂肪烃基和不饱和脂肪烃基。
本发明中，“烷基”指的是由烷烃形成的烃基，没有特别指定的情况下，指失去任一位置的氢原子形成的烃基，可以是直链的或支链的，可以是被取代的或未取代的。具体地，如丙基指正丙基、异丙基中任一种，亚丙基指1,3-亚丙基、1,2-亚丙基、异亚丙基中任一种。
本发明中，“不饱和烃基”指的是不饱和烃失去氢原子形成的烃基。不饱和烃失去不饱和碳上氢原子形成的烃基，可以分为烯基、炔基、二烯基等等，作为举例如丙烯基、丙炔基。不饱和烃失去饱和碳上的氢原子形成的烃基根据不饱和键的不同，例如称为烯烃基、炔烃、二烯烃基等，具体地如烯丙基、炔丙基。
本发明中，“烯基”或“烯基基团”意思指包括两个或更多个碳原子(例如两个、三个、四个、五个、六个、七个、八个、九个、十个、十一个、十二个、十三个、十四个、十五个、十六个、十七个、十八个、十九个、二十个或更多个碳原子)和至少一个碳碳双键的被取代的或未取代的直链或分支链烯基。标记“C 2-15烯基”意思指包括2-15个碳原子和至少一个碳碳双键的被取代的或未取代的直链或分支链烯基，即烯基可以包括一个、两个、三个、四个或更多个碳碳双键。除非另外具体说明，否则本文所述的烯基是指未取代和被取代的烯基两种。
本发明中，“炔基”或“炔基基团”意思指包括两个或更多个碳原子(例如两个、三个、四个、五个、六个、七个、八个、九个、十个、十一个、十二个、十三个、十四个、十五个、十六个、十七个、十八个、十九个、二十个或更多个碳原子)和至少一个碳碳三键的任选被取代的直链或分支链烃。标记“C 2-15炔基”意思指包括2-15个碳原子和至少一个碳碳三键的被取代的或未取代的直链或分支链炔基。炔基可以包括一个、两个、三个、四个或更多个碳碳三键。除非另外具体说明，否则本文所述的炔基是指未取代和被取代的炔基两种。
本发明中，脂肪烃衍生物优选为醚衍生化的脂肪烃，含有1-2个醚键的脂肪烃衍生物，更优选含有2个醚键的脂肪烃衍生物。
本发明中，“分子量”表征一个化合物分子的质量大小，没有特别写明时，“分子量”的计量单位为道尔顿，Da。
本发明中的百分数，“约”一般指±0.5％。
本发明中基团的“可稳定存在”和“可降解”是一对相对的概念，可稳定存在基团和可降解基团的详细举例见CN113402405A中的[0134]-[0145]段。
本发明中，“羟基保护基”包含可作为通常的羟基的保护基而使用的所有的基团。羟基保护基，优选为烷酰基(例如乙酰基、叔丁酰基)、芳烷酰基(例如苄酰基)、苄基、三苯甲基、三甲基硅基、叔丁基二甲硅基、烯丙基、缩醛基或缩酮基。乙酰基的脱去一般在碱性条件下进行，最常用的是NH 3/MeOH的氨解和甲醇阴离子催化的甲醇解；苄基在中性溶液中室温下钯催化氢解很容易除去苄基，也可用金属纳在乙醇或液氨中还原裂去；三苯甲基一般是通过催化氢解除去；三甲基硅基通常使用含氟离子的试剂(如四丁基氟化胺/无水THF等)除去；叔丁基二甲硅醚较为稳定，能够承受醇性氢氧化钾的酯水解条件以及温和的还原条件(如Zn/CH 3OH等)，可用氟离子(如Bu 4N +F -)在四氢呋喃溶液中脱去，也可用含水乙酸于室温下脱去。
本发明中，“羧基保护基”是指能通过水解、羧基保护基的去保护反应而转化为羧基的保护基。羧基保护基，优选为烷基(例如甲基、乙基、叔丁基)或芳烷基(例如苄基)，更优选为叔丁基(tBu)、甲基(Me)或乙基(Et)。本发明中，“被保护的羧基”是指羧基被适合的羧基保护基保护后所形成的基团，优选为甲氧羰基、乙氧羰基、叔丁氧羰基、苄氧羰基。所述羧基保护基可以在酸或碱的催化下水解除去，偶尔也可用热解反应消去，例如叔丁基可以在温和的酸性条件下除去，苄基可以通过氢解脱去。脱除羧基保护基的试剂选自TFA、H 2O、LiOH、NaOH、KOH、MeOH、EtOH及其组合，优选为TFA和H 2O的组合、LiOH和MeOH的组合、或LiOH和EtOH的组合。被保护的羧基脱保护，从而产生相应的游离酸，所述脱保护在碱存在下进行，所述碱和由所述脱保护形成的所述游离酸形成药学可接受的盐。
本发明中，“氨基保护基”，包含可作为通常的氨基的保护基而使用的所有的基，例如芳基C 1-6烷基、C 1-6烷氧基C 1-6烷基、C 1-6烷氧基羰基、芳基氧基羰基、C 1-6烷基磺酰基、芳基磺酰基或甲硅烷基等。氨基保护基优选为Boc叔丁氧羰基、Moz对甲氧基苄氧羰基及Fmoc9-芴亚甲氧羰基。脱除氨基保护基的试剂选自TFA、H 2O、LiOH、MeOH、EtOH及其组合，优选为TFA和H 2O的组合、LiOH和MeOH的组合、或LiOH和EtOH的组合。脱除Boc保护基的试剂为TFA或HCl/EA；优选TFA。脱除Fmoc保护基反应所用的脱保护剂为含20％哌啶的N,N-二甲基甲酰胺(DMF)溶液。
本发明中，“羧基活化”是指用羧基活化剂对羧基进行活化处理，羧基活化后能够促进缩合反应更好的进行，如：抑制缩合反应中消旋杂质的产生、催化加快反应速度等。“羧基活化基”是羧基活化剂的残基。所述羧基活化剂为N-羟基丁二酰亚胺(NHS)、1-乙基-(3-二甲基氨基丙基)碳酰二亚胺盐酸盐(EDCI)、N-羟基-5-降冰片烯-2,3-二甲酰亚胺(HONb)和N,N-二环己基碳二亚胺(DCC)中一种或多种的组合，优选为NHS/EDCI、NHS/DCC、HONb/DCC的组合，最优选为NHS/EDCI的组合。
本发明中，“阳离子”是指相应的结构永久地、或非永久地能响应某些条件(例如pH)而带有正电荷。因此，阳离子既包括永久性阳离子，也包括可阳离子化的。永久性阳离子是指相应的化合物或基团或原子在其环境的任何pH值或氢离子活性下均带正电荷。典型地，因季氮原子的存在而产生正电荷。当化合物携带多个这样的正电荷时，它可以被称为永久性阳离子。可阳离子化的是指化合物或基团或原子在较低pH下带正电荷并且在其环境的较高pH下不带电荷。另外，在不能测定pH值的非水性环境中，可阳离子化的化合物、基团或原子在高氢离子浓度下带正电荷并且在低氢离子浓度或活性下不带电荷。它取决于可阳离子化的或可聚阳离子化的化合物的各个性质，特别是相应的可阳离子化基团或原子的pKa，在所述pH或氢离子浓度下它带电荷或不带电荷。在 稀释的水性环境中，可以使用所谓的海森巴赫(Henderson-Hasselbalch)方程来估计带有正电荷的可阳离子化的化合物、基团或原子的分率，该方程是本领域技术人员公知的。例如，在一些实施例中，如果某化合物或部分是可阳离子化的，则优选的是，它在约1至9，优选地4至9、5至8或甚至6至8的pH值下，更优选地在等于或低于9、等于或低于8、等于或低于7的pH值下，最优选地在生理pH值(例如约7.3至7.4)下，即在生理条件下，特别是在体内细胞的生理盐条件下带正电荷。在其他实施例中，优选的是，可阳离子化的化合物或部分在生理pH值(例如约7.0-7.4)下主要是中性的，但在较低pH值下变为带正电荷的。在一些实施例中，可阳离子化的化合物或部分的pKa的优选范围是约5至约7。
本发明中，“阳离子脂质”指整体含有正电荷或可电离的脂质。阳离子脂质除了本发明结构通式(1)所示的，还包括但不限于N,N-二油基-N,N-氯化二甲铵(DODAC)、N,N-二硬脂基-N,N-溴化二甲铵(DDAB)、N-(1-(2,3-二油酰氧基)丙基)-N,N,N-氯化三甲铵(DOTAP)、N-(1-(2,3-二油基氧基)丙基)-N,N,N-氯化三甲铵(DOTMA)、N,N-二甲基-2,3-二油基氧基丙胺(DODMA)、3-(双十二烷基氨基)-N1,N1,4-三-十二烷基-1-哌嗪乙胺(KL10)、N1-[2-(双十二烷基氨基)乙基]-N1,N4,N4-三-十二烷基-1,4-哌嗪二乙胺(KL22)、14,25-双十三烷基-15,18,21,24-四氮杂-三十八烷(KL25)、1,2-二亚油基氧基-N,N-二甲基氨基丙烷(DLin-DMA)、2,2-二亚油基-4-二甲基氨基甲基-[1,3]-二氧杂环戊烷(DLin-K-DMA)、4-(二甲基氨基)丁酸三十七碳-6,9,28,31-四烯-19-基酯(DLin-MC3-DMA)和2,2-二亚油基-4-(2-二甲基氨基乙基)-[1,3]-二氧杂环戊烷(DLin-KC2-DMA)、((4-羟基丁基)氮杂二烷基)双(己烷-6,1-二基)双(2-己基癸酸酯)(ALC-0315)、十七烷-9-基-8-((2-羟乙基)(6-氧代-6-((十一烷氧基)己基)氨基)辛酸酯)(SM102)中任一种及其混合物。
本发明中，“聚乙二醇化脂质”指包含脂质部分和聚乙二醇部分的分子。聚乙二醇化脂质除了本发明结构通式(2)所示的，还包括但不限于聚乙二醇-1,2二肉豆蔻酸甘油酯(PEG-DMG)、聚乙二醇-二硬脂酰基磷脂酰乙醇胺(PEG-DSPE)、PEG-胆固醇、聚乙二醇-二酰基甘油(PEG-DAG)，聚乙二醇-二烷氧基丙基(PEG-DAA)，具体地包括聚乙二醇500-二棕榈酰磷脂酰胆碱、聚乙二醇2000-二棕榈酰磷脂酰胆碱、聚乙二醇500-硬脂酰磷脂酰乙醇胺、聚乙二醇2000-二硬脂酰磷脂酰乙醇胺、聚乙二醇500-1,2-油酰基磷脂酰乙醇胺、聚乙二醇2000-1,2-油酰基磷脂酰乙醇胺和聚乙二醇2000-2,3-二肉豆蔻酰甘油(PEG-DMG)等。
本发明中，“中性脂质”指在选定的pH下以无电荷或中性两性离子形式存在的许多脂质物质中的任一种，优选为磷脂。此类脂质包括但不限于1,2-二亚油酰基-sn-甘油-3-磷酸胆碱(DLPC)、1,2-二肉豆蔻酰基-sn-甘油-磷酸胆碱(DMPC)、1,2-二油酰基-sn-甘油-3-磷酸胆碱(DOPC)、1,2-二棕榈酰基-sn-甘油-3-磷酸胆碱(DPPC)、1,2-二硬脂酰基-sn-甘油-3-磷酸胆碱(DSPC)、1,2-双十一烷酰基-sn-甘油-磷酸胆碱(DUPC)、1-棕榈酰基-2-油酰基-sn-甘油-3-磷酸胆碱(POPC)、1,2-二-O-十八碳烯基-sn-甘油-3-磷酸胆碱(18:0Diether PC)、1-油酰基-2-胆固醇基半琥珀酰基-sn-甘油-3-磷酸胆碱(OChemsPC)、1-十六烷基-sn-甘油-3-磷酸胆碱(C16Lyso PC)、1,2-二亚麻酰基-sn-甘油-3-磷酸胆碱、1,2-二花生四烯酰基-sn-甘油-3-磷酸胆碱、1,2-双二十二碳六烯酰基-sn-甘油-3-磷酸胆碱、1,2-二油酰基-sn-甘油-3-磷酸乙醇胺(DOPE)、1,2-二植烷酰基-sn-甘油-3-磷酸乙醇胺(ME 16.0PE)、1,2-二硬脂酰基-sn-甘油-3-磷酸乙醇胺、1,2-二亚油酰基-sn-甘油-3-磷酸乙醇胺、1,2-二亚麻酰基-sn-甘油-3-磷酸乙醇胺、1,2-二花生四烯酰基-sn-甘油-3-磷酸乙醇胺、1,2-双二十二碳六烯酰基-sn-甘油-3-磷酸乙醇胺、1,2-二油酰基-sn-甘油-3-磷酸-rac-(1-甘油)钠盐(DOPG)、二油酰基磷脂酰丝氨酸(DOPS)、二棕榈酰基磷脂酰甘油(DPPG)、棕榈酰基油酰基磷脂酰乙醇胺(POPE)、二硬脂酰基-磷脂酰-乙醇胺(DSPE)、二棕榈酰基磷脂酰乙醇胺(DPPE)、二 肉豆蔻酰基磷酸乙醇胺(DMPE)、1-硬脂酰基-2-油酰基-硬脂酰乙醇胺(SOPE)、1-硬脂酰基-2-油酰基-磷脂酰胆碱(SOPC)、鞘磷脂、磷脂酰胆碱、磷脂酰乙醇胺、磷脂酰丝氨酸、磷脂酰肌醇、磷脂酸、棕榈酰基油酰基磷脂酰胆碱、溶血磷脂酰胆碱和溶血磷脂酰乙醇胺(LPE)中任一种及其组合物。中性脂质可以是合成的或天然来源的。
本发明中，“类固醇脂质”选自胆固醇、粪固醇、谷固醇、麦角固醇、菜油固醇、豆固醇、菜籽固醇、番茄碱、熊果酸、α-生育酚中任一种及其混合物
本发明中，“氨基酸残基”包括从氨基上除去氢原子和/或从羧基上除去羟基和/或从巯基上除去氢原子和/或氨基被保护和/或羧基被保护和/或巯基被保护的氨基酸。不严密地说，氨基酸残基可以被称为氨基酸。本发明中的氨基酸的来源，在没有特别指明的情况下没有特别限制，既可以为天然来源，也可以是非天然来源，还可以为两者的混合。本发明中的氨基酸结构类型，在没有特别指明的情况下没有特别限制，既可以指L-型，也可以指D-型，还可以为两者的混合。
本发明中的“官能团源”指具有反应活性或具有潜在的反应活性、具有光敏性质或具有潜在的光敏性质、具有靶向性或具有潜在的靶向性。所述“潜在的”，指经过选自包括但不限于官能化修饰(如接枝、取代等)、脱保护、盐络合与解络合、离子化、质子化、去质子化、改变离去基团等的化学过程可以转变为反应性基团，经过光、热、酶、特异结合分子、体内微环境等外界刺激下能发光或产生靶向性。所述发光没有特别限制，包括但不限于可见光、荧光、磷光等。
本发明中的变化形式指经过氧化、还原、水合、脱水、电子重排、结构重排、盐络合与解络合、离子化、质子化、去质子化、被取代、脱保护、改变离去基团等中任一种化学变化过程，能够转变为目标反应性基团的结构形式。
本发明中“反应性基团的变化形式”，指一个反应性基团经过氧化、还原、水合、脱水、电子重排、结构重排、盐络合与解络合、离子化、质子化、去质子化、被取代、脱保护、改变离去基团等至少一个化学变化过程后仍具有活性的形式(仍是反应性基团)，或者经过被保护后的非活性形式。
本发明中的“微修饰”，指经过简单的化学反应过程即可完成的化学修饰过程。所述简单的化学反应过程主要指脱保护、盐络合与解络合、离子化、质子化、去质子化、离去基团的转变等化学反应过程，“微变化形式”与“微修饰”相对应，指经历脱保护、盐络合与解络合、离子化、质子化、去质子化、离去基团的转变等简单的化学反应过程后能形成目标反应性基团的结构形式。所述离去基团的转变，如酯形式向酰氯形式的转变。
本发明中，“N/P比”是指阳离子脂质中的可电离的氮原子与核酸中磷酸的摩尔比。
本发明中，“核酸”是指DNA或RNA或其修饰的形式。
本发明中，“RNA”是指可能天然存在或非天然存在的核糖核酸。例如，RNA可以包括修饰过的和/或非天然存在的组分，如一个或多个核碱基、核苷、核苷酸或连接子。RNA可以包括帽结构、链终止核苷、茎环、聚腺苷酸序列和/或聚腺苷酸化信号。RNA可以具有编码所关注多肽的核苷酸序列。例如，RNA可以是信使RNA(mRNA)。翻译编码特定多肽的mRNA，例如在哺乳动物细胞内部体内翻译mRNA可以产生编码的多肽。RNA可以选自由以下组成的非限制性组：小干扰RNA(siRNA)、不对称干扰RNA(aiRNA)、微RNA(miRNA)、Dicer-底物RNA(dsRNA)、小发夹RNA(shRNA)、mRNA、单链向导RNA(sgRNA)、cas9 mRNA及其混合物。
本发明中，FLuc mRNA能表达荧光素酶蛋白，其在萤光素底物的存在下发射出生物光，所以FLuc常用于哺乳动物细胞培养以测量基因表达和细胞活度。
本发明中，确定靶基因表达水平的方法包括不限于斑点印迹、northern印迹、原位 杂交、ELISA、免疫沉淀、酶作用以及表型测定。
本发明中，“转染”是指将一个物种(例如RNA)引入细胞中。转染可以例如在体外、离体或体内发生。
本发明中，“抗原”典型地是指可以被免疫***识别，优选地被适应性免疫***识别，并且能够触发抗原特异性免疫应答，例如通过作为适应性免疫应答的一部分形成抗体和/或抗原特异性T细胞的物质。典型地，抗原可以是或可以包含可以由MHC呈递给T细胞的肽或蛋白。在本发明的意义上，抗原可以是所提供的核酸分子(优选地如本文所定义的mRNA)的翻译产物。在此上下文中，包含至少一个表位的肽和蛋白的片段、变体和衍生物也被理解为抗原。
本发明中，“递送”是指将实体提供至目标。例如，将药物和/或治疗剂和/或预防剂递送至受试者，所述受试者为人类和/或其它动物的组织和/或细胞。
本发明中“药学上可接受的载体”是指与治疗剂一同给药的稀释剂、辅剂、赋形剂或媒介物，并且其在合理的医学判断的范围内适于接触人类和/或其它动物的组织而没有过度的毒性、刺激、过敏反应或与合理的益处/风险比相应的其它问题或并发症。在本发明的药物组合物中可使用的药学上可接受的载体包括但不限于无菌液体，例如水和油，包括那些石油、动物、植物或合成来源的油，例如花生油、大豆油、矿物油、芝麻油等。当所述药物组合物通过静脉内给药时，水是示例性载体。还可以使用生理盐水和葡萄糖及甘油水溶液作为液体载体，特别是用于注射液。适合的药物赋形剂包括淀粉、葡萄糖、乳糖、蔗糖、明胶、麦芽糖、白垩、硅胶、硬脂酸钠、单硬脂酸甘油酯、滑石、氯化钠、脱脂奶粉、甘油、丙二醇、水、乙醇等。所述组合物还可以视需要包含少量的湿润剂、乳化剂或pH缓冲剂。口服制剂可以包含标准载体，如药物级的甘露醇、乳糖、淀粉、硬脂酸镁、糖精钠、纤维素、碳酸镁等。具体地，例如赋形剂包括但不限于抗黏附剂、抗氧化剂、黏合剂、包衣、压缩助剂、崩解剂、染料(色素)、缓和剂、乳化剂、填充剂(稀释剂)、成膜剂或包衣、调味剂、香料、助流剂(流动增强剂)、润滑剂、防腐剂、印刷墨水、吸附剂、悬浮剂或分散剂、甜味剂以及水合用水。更具体地赋形剂包括但不限于丁基化羟基甲苯(BHT)、碳酸钙、磷酸氢二钙、硬脂酸钙、交联羧甲基纤维素钠、交联聚乙烯吡咯烷酮、柠檬酸、交联聚维酮(crospovidone)、半胱氨酸、乙基纤维素、明胶、羟丙基纤维素、羟丙基甲基纤维素、乳糖、硬脂酸镁、麦芽糖醇、甘露糖醇、甲硫氨酸、甲基纤维素、对羟基苯甲酸甲酯、微晶纤维素、聚乙二醇、聚乙烯吡咯烷酮、聚维酮、预胶化淀粉、对羟基苯甲酸苯酯、视黄醇棕榈酸酯、虫胶、二氧化硅、羧甲基纤维素钠、柠檬酸钠、羟基乙酸淀粉钠、山梨糖醇、淀粉(玉米)、硬脂酸、蔗糖、滑石、二氧化钛、维生素A、维生素E(α-生育酚)、维生素C、木糖醇。
本发明的药物组合物可以***地作用和/或局部地作用。为此目的，它们可以适合的途径给药，例如通过注射(如静脉内、动脉内、皮下、腹膜内、肌内注射，包括滴注)或经皮给药；或通过口服、含服、经鼻、透粘膜、局部、以眼用制剂的形式或通过吸入给药。对于这些给药途径，可以适合的剂型给药本发明的药物组合物。所述剂型包括但不限于片剂、胶囊剂、锭剂、硬糖剂、散剂、喷雾剂、乳膏剂、软膏剂、栓剂、凝胶剂、糊剂、洗剂、软膏剂、水性混悬剂、可注射溶液剂、酏剂、糖浆剂。
本发明中，疫苗为提供至少一种抗原或抗原功能的预防性或治疗性材料。抗原或抗原功能可以刺激身体的适应性免疫***提供适应性免疫应答。
本发明，治疗，是指为了抵御疾病、障碍或病症而对患者进行的处理和护理，意在包括延迟疾病、障碍或病症的进展，减轻或缓和症状和并发症，和/或治愈或消除疾病、障碍或病症。待治疗的患者优选哺乳动物，尤其是人。
发明详述
本发明的一种实施方案如下：
1.1.一种阳离子脂质，其特征在于，结构如通式(1)所示：
Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-000011
其中，X为N或者CR a，所述R a为H或C 1-12烷基；
L 1、L 2各自独立地为连接键、-O(C＝O)-、-(C＝O)O-、-O(C＝O)O-、-C(＝O)-、-O-、-O(CR cR c) sO-、-S-、-C(＝O)S-、-SC(＝O)-、-NR cC(＝O)-、-C(＝O)NR c-、-NR cC(＝O)NR c-、-OC(＝O)NR c-、-NR cC(＝O)O-、-SC(＝O)NR c-和-NR cC(＝O)S-中任一种，其中，R c每次出现时各自独立地为氢原子或C 1-12烷基，s为2、3或4；
L 3为连接键或二价连接基；
B 1、B 2各自独立地为连接键或C 1-30亚烷基；
R 1、R 2各自独立地为
Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-000012
C 1-30脂肪烃基或C 1-30脂肪烃衍生物残基，且R 1、R 2至少有一个为
Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-000013
其中，t为0-12的整数，R e、R f各自独立地为C 1-C 15烷基、C 2-C 15烯基和C 2-C 15炔基中任一种；
R 3为氢原子、-R d、-OR d、-NR dR d、-SR d、-(C＝O)R d、-(C＝O)OR d、-O(C＝O)R d、-O(C＝O)OR d或
Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-000014
其中，R d每次出现时各自独立地为C 1-12烷基，NR dR d中的两个R d可以连接起来成环，G 1为k+1价的末端支化基团，j为0或1，F含有功能性基团R 01，j为0时，G 1不存在，j为1时，G 1引出k个的F，k为2-8的整数；
所述烷基、亚烷基、脂肪烃基、脂肪烃衍生物残基、烯基和炔基各自独立地为取代的或未取代的。
1.1.1.X
本发明中，X每次出现时各自独立地为N或者CR a，其中，R a为H或C 1-12烷基。
1.1.2.L 1、L 2、L 3、L 4、L 5、L 7、L 8、Z、Z 1、Z 2
本发明中，L 1、L 2、L 3、L 4、L 5、L 7、L 8、Z、Z 1、Z 2的结构没有特别限制，各自独立地包括但不限于直链结构、支链结构或含环状结构。
本发明中，L 1、L 2、L 3、L 4、L 5、L 7、L 8、Z、Z 1、Z 2的非氢原子数没有特别限制，各自独立地优选1～50个非氢原子；更优选1～20个非氢原子；更优选1～10个非氢原子。所述非氢原子为碳原子或杂原子。所述杂原子包括但不限于O、S、N、P、Si、B等。非氢原子的个数为1时，非氢原子可以为碳原子或杂原子。非氢原子的个数大于1时，非氢原子的种类没有特别限制；可以为1种，也可以为2种或2种以上；非氢原子的个数大于1时，可以为碳原子与碳原子、碳原子与杂原子、杂原子与杂原子中任一种组合。
本发明中，两个相同或不同的反应性基团经反应可形成二价连接基。其反应条件，与反应生成的二价连接基类型有关，可采用现有公开技术。例如：氨基分别与活性酯、甲酸活性酯、磺酸酯、醛、α,β-不饱和键、羧酸基团、环氧化物、异氰酸酯、异硫氰酸酯反应得到酰胺基、尿烷基、氨基、亚胺基(可进一步还原成仲氨基)、氨基、酰胺基、 氨基醇、脲键、硫脲键等二价连接基；巯基分别与含有活性酯、甲酸活性酯、磺酸酯、巯基、马来酰亚胺、醛、α,β-不饱和键、羧酸基团、碘代乙酰胺、酸酐反应得到硫酯基、硫代碳酸酯、硫醚、二硫化物、硫醚、硫代半缩醛、硫醚、硫酯、硫醚、酰亚胺等二价连接基；不饱和键与巯基反应得到硫醚基；羧基或酰卤分别与巯基、氨基反应得到硫酯基、酰胺基等基团；羟基与羧基、异氰酸酯、环氧化物、氯甲酰氧基反应得到酯基、氨基甲酸酯基、醚键、碳酸酯基等二价连接基；羰基或醛基与氨基、肼、酰肼反应得到亚胺键、腙、酰腙等二价连接基；叠氮、炔基、烯基、巯基、叠氮、二烯、马来酰亚胺、1,2,4-***啉-3,5-二酮、二硫代酯、羟胺、酰肼、丙烯酸酯、烯丙基氧基、异氰酸酯、四氮唑等反应性基团发生点击化学反应可生成含包括但不限于三氮唑、异恶唑、硫醚键等结构的各种二价连接基。
L 1、L 2、L 3、L 4、L 5、L 7、L 8、Z、Z 1、Z 2的稳定性没有特别限制，当中任一个二价连接基或任一个与相邻杂原子基团组成的二价连接基各自独立地为可稳定存在的连接基STAG或可降解的连接基DEGG。
1.1.2.1.L 1、L 2
本发明中，L 1、L 2各自独立地为连接键、-O(C＝O)-、-(C＝O)O-、-O(C＝O)O-、-C(＝O)-、-O-、-O(CR cR c) sO-、-S-、-C(＝O)S-、-SC(＝O)-、-NR cC(＝O)-、-C(＝O)NR c-、-NR cC(＝O)NR c-、-OC(＝O)NR c-、-NR cC(＝O)O-、-SC(＝O)NR c-和-NR cC(＝O)S-中任一种，其中，R c每次出现时各自独立地为氢原子或C 1-12烷基，s为2、3或4。
本发明的一种具体实施方案中，更优选L 1、L 2为以下情形中一种：
情形(1)：L 1、L 2其中一个为连接键，另一个为-O(C＝O)-、-(C＝O)O-、-O(C＝O)O-、-C(＝O)-、-O-、-O(CR cR c) sO-、-S-、-C(＝O)S-、-SC(＝O)-、-NR cC(＝O)-、-C(＝O)NR c-、-NR cC(＝O)NR c-、-OC(＝O)NR c-、-NR cC(＝O)O-、-SC(＝O)NR c-和-NR cC(＝O)S-中任一种；
情形(2)：L 1、L 2都为连接键；
情形(3)：L 1、L 2各自独立地选自-O(C＝O)-、-(C＝O)O-、-O(C＝O)O-、-C(＝O)-、-O-、-O(CH 2) sO-、-S-、-C(＝O)S-、-SC(＝O)-、-NHC(＝O)-、-C(＝O)NH-、-NHC(＝O)NH-、-OC(＝O)NH-、-NHC(＝O)O-、-SC(＝O)NH-和-NHC(＝O)S-中任一种。
本发明的一种具体实施方案中，更优选L 1、L 2各自独立地选自-O(C＝O)-、-(C＝O)O-和-O(C＝O)O-中任一种。
本发明的一种具体实施方案中，更优选L 1、L 2其中一个为-(C＝O)O-，另一个为-O(C＝O)-或者-(C＝O)O-。
本发明的一种具体实施方案中，更优选L 1和L 2同时为-(C＝O)O。
本发明的一种具体实施方案中，R c优选为氢原子；或者R c优选为C 1-12烷基，更优选为C 1-8烷基，更优选为甲基、乙基、丙基、丁基、戊基、己基中任一种。
1.1.2.2.L 7、L 8
本发明中，L 7、L 8各自独立地为连接键或二价连接基，所述二价连接基选自-O(C＝O)-、-(C＝O)O-、-O(C＝O)O-、-C(＝O)-、-O-、-S-、-C(＝O)S-、-SC(＝O)-、-NR cC(＝O)-、-C(＝O)NR c-、-NR cC(＝O)NR c-、-OC(＝O)NR c-、-NR cC(＝O)O-、-SC(＝O)NR c-和-NR cC(＝O)S-中任一种，所述R c每次出现时各自独立地为氢原子或C 1-12烷基。
本发明的一种具体实施方案中，R c优选为氢原子；或者R c优选为C 1-12烷基，更优选为C 1-8烷基，更优选为甲基、乙基、丙基、丁基、戊基、己基中任一种。
1.1.2.3.L 3
本发明中，L 3为连接键或二价连接基。
本发明的一种具体实施方案中，L 3为二价连接基，优选自L 4、L 5、Z二价连接基中任一种、任二种或者任二种以上组合而成的二价连接基；更优选为-L 4-、-Z-L 4-Z-、 -L 4-Z-L 5-、-Z-L 4-Z-L 5-和-L 4-Z-L 5-Z-中任一种二价连接基；其中，所述L 4、L 5为碳链连接基，各自独立地为-(CR aR b) t-(CR aR b) o-(CR aR b) p-，t、o、p各自独立地为0-12的整数，且t、o、p不同时为0，R a和R b每次出现时各自独立地为氢原子或C 1-12烷基；所述Z每次出现时各自独立为-(C＝O)-、-O(C＝O)-、-(C＝O)O-、-O(C＝O)O-、-O-、-S-、-C(＝O)S-、-SC(＝O)-、-NR cC(＝O)-、-C(＝O)NR c-、-NR cC(＝O)NR c-、-OC(＝O)NR c-、-NR cC(＝O)O-、-SC(＝O)NR c-和-NR cC(＝O)S-中任一种，其中，R c每次出现时各自独立地为H或C 1-12烷基，C 1-12烷基为取代或未取代的，优选为甲基、乙基、丙基、丁基、戊基、己基、庚基和辛基中任一种。
本发明的一种具体实施方案中，前述L 3中的R c优选为氢原子。
本发明的一种具体实施方案中，L 3更优选为-(CH 2) t-、-(CH 2) tZ-、-Z(CH 2) t-、-(CH 2) tZ(CH 2) t-和-Z(CH 2) tZ-中任一种，其中，t为1-12的整数，Z为-(C＝O)-、-O(C＝O)-、-(C＝O)O-、-O(C＝O)O-、-O-、-S-、-C(＝O)S-、-SC(＝O)-、-NR cC(＝O)-、-C(＝O)NR c-、-NR cC(＝O)NR c-、-OC(＝O)NR c-、-NR cC(＝O)O-、-SC(＝O)NR c-和-NR cC(＝O)S-中任一种。更优选L 3为-(CH 2) t-、-(CH 2) tO-、-(CH 2) tC(＝O)-、-(CH 2) tC(＝O)O-、-(CH 2) tOC(＝O)-、-(CH 2) tC(＝O)NH-、-(CH 2) tNHC(＝O)-、-(CH 2) tOC(＝O)O-、-(CH 2) tNHC(＝O)O-、-(CH 2) tOC(＝O)NH-、-(CH 2) tNHC(＝O)NH-、-O(CH 2) t-、-C(＝O)(CH 2) t-、-C(＝O)O(CH 2) t-、-OC(＝O)(CH 2) t-、-C(＝O)NH(CH 2) t-、-NHC(＝O)(CH 2) t-、-OC(＝O)O(CH 2) t-、-NHC(＝O)O(CH 2) t-、-OC(＝O)NH(CH 2) t-、-NHC(＝O)NH(CH 2) t-、-(CH 2) tO(CH 2) t-、-(CH 2) tC(＝O)(CH 2) t-、-(CH 2) tC(＝O)O(CH 2) t-、-(CH 2) tOC(＝O)(CH 2) t-、-(CH 2) tC(＝O)NH(CH 2) t-、-(CH 2) tNHC(＝O)(CH 2) t-、-(CH 2) tOC(＝O)O(CH 2) t-、-(CH 2) tNHC(＝O)O(CH 2) t-、-(CH 2) tOC(＝O)NH(CH 2) t-、-(CH 2) tNHC(＝O)NH(CH 2) t-、-O(CH 2) tO-、-C(＝O)(CH 2) tC(＝O)-、-C(＝O)O(CH 2) tC(＝O)O-、-OC(＝O)(CH 2) tOC(＝O)-、-C(＝O)O(CH 2) tOC(＝O)-、-OC(＝O)(CH 2) tC(＝O)O-、-OC(＝O)O(CH 2) tOC(＝O)O-、-C(＝O)NH(CH 2) tC(＝O)NH-、-NHC(＝O)(CH 2) tNHC(＝O)-、-NHC(＝O)(CH 2) tC(＝O)NH-、-C(＝O)NH(CH 2) tNHC(＝O)-、-NHC(＝O)O(CH 2) tNHC(＝O)O-、-OC(＝O)NH(CH 2) tOC(＝O)NH-、-NHC(＝O)O(CH 2) tOC(＝O)NH-、-OC(＝O)NH(CH 2) tNHC(＝O)O-、-NHC(＝O)NH(CH 2) tNHC(＝O)NH-、-C(＝O)(CH 2) tO-、-C(＝O)(CH 2) tC(＝O)O-、-C(＝O)(CH 2) tOC(＝O)-、-C(＝O)(CH 2) tOC(＝O)O-、-C(＝O)(CH 2) tNHC(＝O)O-、-C(＝O)(CH 2) tOC(＝O)NH-和-C(＝O)(CH 2) tNHC(＝O)NH-中任一种。
1.1.3.B 1、B 2
本发明中，B 1、B 2各自独立地为连接键或C 1-30亚烷基。
本发明的一种具体实施方案中，B 1、B 2优选各自独立地为连接键或者C 1-20亚烷基；更优选B 1、B 2为以下情形中任一种：
情形(1)：B 1、B 2各自独立地为C 1-20亚烷基，具体地B 1、B 2各自独立地为亚甲基、亚乙基、亚丙基、亚丁基、亚戊基、亚己基、亚庚基、亚辛基、亚壬基、亚癸基、亚十一烷基、亚十二烷基、亚十三烷基、亚十四烷基、亚十五烷基、亚十六烷基、亚十七烷基、亚十八烷基、亚十九烷基和亚二十烷基中任一种；更优选B 1、B 2各自独立地为C 5-12亚烷基；
情形(2)：B 1、B 2其中一个为连接键，另一个为C 1-20亚烷基。
1.1.4.R 1、R 2
本发明中，R 1、R 2各自独立地为
Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-000015
C 1-30脂肪烃基或C 1-30脂肪烃衍生 物残基，且R 1、R 2至少有一个为
Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-000016
其中，t为0-12的整数，R e、R f各自独立地为C 1-C 15烷基、C 2-C 15烯基和C 2-C 15炔基中任一种。
本发明的一种具体实施方案中，优选C 1-30脂肪烃基为直链状烷基、支链状烷基、直链状烯基、支链状烯基、直链状炔基或支链状炔基；所述C 1-30脂肪烃基为支链状烷基、支链状烯基或支链状炔基时，表示为
Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-000017
所述C 1-30脂肪烃衍生物残基为
Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-000018
其中，t为0-12的整数，t 1、t 2各自独立地为0-5的整数，t 3、t 4各自独立地为0或1且不同时为0；其中，R e、R f各自独立地为C 1-C 15烷基、C 2-C 15烯基和C 2-C 15炔基中任一种。
本发明的一种具体实施方案中，优选所述C 1-30脂肪烃基或C 1-30脂肪烃衍生物残基选自以下结构中任一种：
Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-000019
Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-000020
本发明的一种具体实施方案中，所述
Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-000021
中的R e、R f各自独立地为C 1-15烷基，选自甲基、乙基、丙基、丁基、戊基、己基、庚基、辛基、壬基和癸基中任一种；所述
Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-000022
优选自以下结构中任一种：
Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-000023
1.1.5.R 3
本发明中，R 3为氢原子、-R d、-OR d、-NR dR d、-SR d、-(C＝O)R d、-(C＝O)OR d、-O(C＝O)R d、-O(C＝O)OR d或
Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-000024
其中，R d每次出现时各自独立地为C 1-12烷基，NR dR d中的两个R d可以连接起来成环，G 1为k+1价的末端支化基团，j为0或1，F含有功能性基团R 01，j为0时，G 1不存在，j为1时，G 1引出k个的F，k为2-8的整数。
本发明的一种具体实施方案中，优选R 3每次出现时各自独立地为氢原子、R d、OR d、-(C＝O)R d-、-(C＝O)OR d、-O(C＝O)R d、-O(C＝O)OR d和
Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-000025
中任一种，更优选含有氢原子、烷基、烷氧基、醇羟基、被保护的醇羟基、硫醇羟基、被保护的硫醇羟基、羧基、被保护的羧基、氨基、被保护的氨基、醛基、被保护的醛基、酯基、碳酸酯基、氨基甲酸酯基、琥珀酰亚胺基、马来酰亚胺基、被保护的马来酰亚胺基、二甲基氨基、烯基、烯酸酯基、叠氮基、炔基、叶酸基、罗丹明基和生物素基中任一种；进一步优选含有H、-(CH 2) tOH、-(CH 2) tSH、-OCH 3、-OCH 2CH 3、-(CH 2) tNH 2、-(CH 2) tC(＝O)OH、-C(＝O)(CH 2) tC(＝O)OH、-C(＝O)CH 3、-(CH 2) tN 3、-C(＝O)CH 2CH 3、-C(＝O)OCH 3、-OC(＝O)OCH 3、-C(＝O)OCH 2CH 3、-OC(＝O)OCH 2CH 3、-(CH 2) tN(CH 3) 2、-(CH 2) tN(CH 2CH 3) 2、-(CH 2) tCHO、
Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-000026
Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-000027
中任一种，其中，R d每次出现时各自独立地为C 1-12烷基。
1.1.6.具体的结构通式举例
本发明的一种具体实施方案中，当结构通式(1)中的X为N，本发明的阳离子脂质的结构优选满足以下结构式中任一种：
Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-000028
Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-000029
其中，式(2-39)到式(2-48)中，R 1每次出现时各自独立地为C 1-30脂肪烃基或C 1-30脂肪烃衍生物残基，R 2每次出现时各自独立地为
Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-000030
s、L 3、B 1、B 2、R 3、R 1和R 2的定义与通式(1)中所述的一致，这里不再赘述。
1.1.7.具体的结构举例
本发明的一些具体实施方案，最终得到了结构如下所示的阳离子脂质，包括但不限 于以下结构中任一种：
Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-000031
Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-000032
Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-000033
Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-000034
Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-000035
Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-000036
2.阳离子脂质的制备
本发明中，前述的任一种阳离子脂质的制备可以采用包括但不限于以下的方法：
2.1.方法1：
步骤一、将小分子A-1与小分子A-2反应生成含有二价连接基L 1、一端为反应性基团F N、一端为R 1的小分子中间体A-3；其中，小分子A-1含有反应性基因F 1，小分子A-2含有含有异官能团对F 2和F N，F 2为反应性基团，能和F 1反应生成二价连接基L 1，F N为能与氨基或者仲氨基反应的反应性基团，优选为-OMs、-OTs、-CHO、-F、-Cl、-Br；
步骤二、两分子的小分子中间体A-3与含有氮源端基的伯氨衍生物A-4进行烷基化反应得到阳离子脂质A-5，其中，R 3’端含有反应性基团R 01或含有R 01的微变化形式；所述微变化形式指经过脱保护、盐络合与解络合、离子化、质子化、去质子化、改变离去基团中任一种化学过程，能够转变为R 01的基团；
当R 3’等于R 3时，所得结构A-5’即对应通式(1)所示的结构；
当R 3’不等于R 3时，将A-5’进行末端微修饰得到A-5对应通式(1)所示的结构；所述末端微修饰选自以下的化学反应：脱保护、盐络合与解络合、离子化、质子化、去质子化、改变离去基团；其中，R 1和R 2相同，B 1和B 2相同，L 1和L 2相同；
其中，L 1、L 2、L 3、B 1、B 2、R 3、R 1和R 2的定义与通式(1)中所述的一致，这里就不再赘述。
前述的各个小分子原料A-1、A-2、A-4等可以通过购买获得，也可以通过自主合成获得，例如实施例1.1中小分子A-1为
Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-000037
其可以通过以
Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-000038
Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-000039
为原料进行自主合成得到。
步骤一
Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-000040
步骤二
Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-000041
2.2.方法2：
步骤一、将小分子B-1与小分子B-2反应生成含有二价连接基L 1、一端为羟基、一端为R 1的小分子中间体B-3；其中，小分子B-1含有反应性基因F 1，小分子B-2含有含有异官能团对F 2和羟基(OH)，F 2为反应性基团，能和F 1反应生成二价连接基L 1；
步骤二、将小分子中间体B-3的羟基氧化成醛基，得到含有醛基的小分子中间体B-4，其中，B 1’为比B 1少一个亚甲基的亚烷基；
步骤三、将两分子含有醛基的小分子中间体B-4与含有氮源端基的伯氨衍生物B-5进行加成反应得到阳离子脂质B-6’，其中，R 3’端含有反应性基团R 01或含有R 01的微变化形式；所述微变化形式指经过脱保护、盐络合与解络合、离子化、质子化、去质子化、改变离去基团中任一种化学过程，能够转变为R 01的基团；
当R 3’等于R 3时，所得结构B-6’即对应通式(1)所示的结构；
当R 3’不等于R 3时，将B-6’进行末端微修饰得到B-6对应通式(1)所示的结构；所述末端微修饰选自以下的化学反应：脱保护、盐络合与解络合、离子化、质子化、去质子化、改变离去基团，其中，R 1和R 2相同，B 1和B 2相同，L 1和L 2相同；
其中，L 1、L 2、L 3、B 1、B 2、R 3、R 1和R 2的定义与通式(1)中所述的一致，这里就不再赘述。
前述的各个小分子原料B-1、B-2、B-5等可以通过购买获得，也可以通过自主合成获得。
步骤一
Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-000042
步骤二
Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-000043
步骤三
Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-000044
2.3.方法3：
步骤一、将小分子C-1与小分子C-2反应生成含有二价连接基L 1、一端为反应性基 团F N、一端为R 1的小分子中间体C-3；将小分子C-1’与小分子C-2’反应生成含有二价连接基L 2、一端为反应性基团F NN、一端为R 2的小分子中间体C-3’；其中，小分子C-1含有反应性基团F 1；小分子C-2含有异官能团对F 2和F N，F 2为反应性基团能和F 1反应生成二价连接基L 1，F N为能与氨基或者仲氨基反应的反应性基团，优选为-OMs、-OTs、-CHO、-F、-Cl、-Br；小分子C-1’含有反应性基团F 3；小分子C-2’含有异官能团对F 4和F NN，F 4为反应性基团能和F 3反应生成二价连接基L 2；F NN为能与氨基或者仲氨基反应的反应性基团，优选为-OMs、-OTs、-CHO、-F、-Cl、-Br、-COOH、-COCl或者活化的羧基，所述活化的羧基是指用羧基活化剂对羧基进行活化后得到的；
步骤二、一分子的小分子中间体C-3与含有氮源端基的伯氨衍生物C-4进行烷基化反应得到仲胺衍生物C-5；
步骤三、将仲胺衍生物C-5与小分子中间体C-3’反应生成阳离子脂质C-6’，其中，R 3’端含有反应性基团R 01或含有R 01的微变化形式；所述微变化形式指经过脱保护、盐络合与解络合、离子化、质子化、去质子化、改变离去基团中任一种化学过程，能够转变为R 01的基团；
当R 3’等于R 3时，所得结构C-6’即对应通式(1)所示的结构；
当R 3’不等于R 3时，将C-6’进行末端微修饰得到C-6对应通式(1)所示的结构；所述末端微修饰选自以下的化学反应：脱保护、盐络合与解络合、离子化、质子化、去质子化、改变离去基团；
其中，L 1、L 2、L 3、B 1、B 2、R 3、R 1和R 2的定义与通式(1)中所述的一致，这里就不再赘述。
前述的各个小分子原料C-1、C-1’、C-2、C-2’、C-4等可以通过购买获得，也可以通过自主合成获得，例如实施例6中的小分子C-1也即S6-1为
Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-000045
可以通过购买获得也可以自主合成获得。
步骤一
Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-000046
步骤二
Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-000047
步骤三
Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-000048
前述制备方法中的反应原料R 1-F 1中的R 1可以为醚化的脂肪烃衍生物残基
Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-000049
其中，t每次出现时各自独立地为0-12的整数；R e、R f各自独立地为C 1-C 15烷基、C 2-C 15烯基和C 2-C 15炔基中任一种。更具体地，R 1-F 1可以为
Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-000050
可以购买获得，也可以自主合成，自主合成时可以采用醛醇加成，例如一分子
Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-000051
与两分子R e-OH进行加成得到
Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-000052
此时R e和R f相同；R 1-F 1也可以为
Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-000053
可以购买获得，也可以自主合成，自主合成时可以通过
Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-000054
与相关的烷基化试剂进行反应而得到，所述烷基化试剂优选为卤代物，例如
Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-000055
可以通过一分子TBS保护羟基的甘油和两分子的溴己烷反应后再脱保护得到。
2.3.方法4：
将含有两个相同反应性基团F 5和R 3’的三官能化小分子D-1与两分子的D-2反应生成阳离子脂质D-3’，其中，小分子D-2含有反应性基团F 6能和F 5反应生成二价连接基L 1或者L 2，R 3’端含有反应性基团R 01或含有R 01的微变化形式；所述微变化形式指经过脱保护、盐络合与解络合、离子化、质子化、去质子化、改变离去基团中任一种化学过程，能够转变为R 01的基团；
当R 3’等于R 3时，所得结构D-3’即对应通式(1)所示的结构；
当R 3’不等于R 3时，将D-3’进行末端微修饰得到D-3对应通式(1)所示的结构；所述末端微修饰选自以下的化学反应：脱保护、盐络合与解络合、离子化、质子化、去质子化、改变离去基团；其中，R 1和R 2相同，L 1和L 2相同；
其中，X、L 1、L 2、、L 3、B 1、B 2、R 3、R 1和R 2的定义与通式(1)中所述的一致，这里就不再赘述。
前述的各个小分子原料D-1、D-2可以通过购买获得，也可以通过自主合成获得。
Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-000056
2.5.制备过程中相关原料和/或步骤的说明
2.5.1.反应过程中涉及相关基团的“保护”和“脱保护”
本发明中，反应过程中还涉及相关基团的“保护”和“脱保护”过程。为防止该官能基对反应产生影响，通常对官能基进行保护。并且，官能基为2个以上时，选择性地仅使目标官能基进行反应，因此对其他官能基进行保护。保护基不仅稳定地保护作为对象的官能基，根据需要，还需轻松地被去除。因此在有机合成中，在适当的条件下仅将与指定的官能基键合的保护基脱保护是很重要的。
本发明中，“羧基保护基”是指能通过水解、羧基保护基的去保护反应而转化为羧基的保护基。羧基保护基，优选为烷基(例如甲基、乙基、叔丁基)或芳烷基(例如苄基)，更优选为叔丁基(tBu)、甲基(Me)或乙基(Et)。本发明中，“被保护的羧基”是指羧基被适合的羧基保护基保护后所形成的基团，优选为甲氧羰基、乙氧羰基、叔丁氧羰基、苄氧羰基。所述羧基保护基可以在酸或碱的催化下水解除去，偶尔也可用热解反应消去，例如叔丁基可以在温和的酸性条件下除去，苄基可以通过氢解脱去。脱除羧基保护基的试剂选自TFA、H 2O、LiOH、NaOH、KOH、MeOH、EtOH及其组合，优选为TFA和H 2O的组合、LiOH和MeOH的组合、或LiOH和EtOH的组合。被保护的羧基脱保护，从而产生相应的游离酸，所述脱保护在碱存在下进行，所述碱和由所述脱保护形成的所述游离酸形成药学可接受的盐。
本发明中，“氨基保护基”，包含可作为通常的氨基的保护基而使用的所有的基，例如芳基C 1-6烷基、C 1-6烷氧基C 1-6烷基、C 1-6烷氧基羰基、芳基氧基羰基、C 1-6烷基磺酰基、芳基磺酰基或甲硅烷基等。氨基保护基优选为Boc叔丁氧羰基、Moz对甲氧基苄氧羰基及Fmoc9-芴亚甲氧羰基。脱除氨基保护基的试剂选自TFA、H 2O、LiOH、MeOH、EtOH及其组合，优选为TFA和H 2O的组合、LiOH和MeOH的组合、或LiOH和EtOH的组合。脱除Boc保护基的试剂为TFA或HCl/EA；优选TFA。脱除Fmoc保护基反应所用的脱保护剂为含20％哌啶的N,N-二甲基甲酰胺(DMF)溶液。
本发明中，所述被羟基保护基保护的羟基没有特别限制，例如可以为醇羟基、酚羟基等的羟基。其中，所述由氨基保护基的氨基没有特别限制，例如可以来自伯胺、仲胺、联胺、酰胺等。本发明中氨基没有特别限制，包括但不限于伯氨基、仲氨基、叔氨基、季铵离子。
本发明中，被保护羟基的脱保护与羟基保护基的类型有关。所述羟基保护基的类型没有特别限制，以苄基、硅醚、缩醛、叔丁基对末端羟基进行保护为例，相应的脱保护方法有：
A：苄基的脱保护
苄基脱保护可以利用氢化还原剂和氢供体的氢化作用来实现，在这个反应体系中的含水量应小于1％，反应才能顺利进行。
氢化还原催化剂没有限制，优选为钯和镍，但是并不限制载体，但优选氧化铝或碳，更优选碳。钯的用量为含被保护羟基化合物的1至100wt％，优选为含被保护羟基化合物的1至20％wt％。
反应溶剂没有特别的限制，只要原料和产物均可以溶剂即可，但优选甲醇、乙醇、乙酸乙酯、四氢呋喃，乙酸；更优选甲醇。并不特别限制氢供体，但优选氢气、环己烯、2-丙醇、甲酸铵等。反应温度优选为25至40℃。反应时间没有特别限制，反应时间与催化剂的用量成负相关，优选为1至5个小时。
B：缩醛、缩酮的脱保护
用于这类羟基保护的缩醛或缩酮化合物优选乙基乙烯基醚、四氢吡喃、丙酮、2,2-二甲氧基丙烷、苯甲醛等。而这类缩醛、缩酮的脱保护通过在酸性条件下实现，溶液pH优选0至4。酸没有特别限制，但优选乙酸、磷酸、硫酸、盐酸、硝酸，更优选盐酸。反应溶剂没有特别的限制，只要能够溶解反应物和产物即可，优选水。反应温度优选0至30℃。
C：硅醚的脱保护
用于这类羟基保护的化合物包括三甲基硅醚、三乙基硅醚、二甲基叔丁基硅醚、叔丁基二苯基硅醚等。而这类硅醚的脱保护通过含氟离子的化合物，优选四丁基氟化铵、四乙基氟化铵、氢氟酸、氟化钾，更优选四丁基氟化铵、氟化钾。含氟试剂的用量在被保护羟基的摩尔当量的5至20倍，优选8至15倍引发剂，如果含氟的用量小于5倍被保护羟基的摩尔当量，会导致脱保护不完全；当脱保护试剂的用量大于20倍被保护羟基的摩尔当量，过量的试剂或化合物给纯化带来麻烦，可能混入后续步骤，从而引起副反应。反应溶剂没有特别的限制，只要能够溶解反应物和产物即可，优选非质子性溶剂，更优选四氢呋喃、二氯甲烷。反应温度优选0至30℃，当温度低于0℃，反应速度较慢，不能完全脱除保护基。
D：叔丁基的脱保护
叔丁基的脱保护在酸性条件下进行，溶液pH优选0至4。酸没有特别限制，但优选乙酸、磷酸、硫酸、盐酸、硝酸，更优选盐酸。反应溶剂没有特别的限制，只要能够溶解反应物和产物即可，优选水。反应温度优选0至30℃。
末端的官能化方法中，优选q＝0，q 1＝1，Z 1为1,2-亚甲基。当q不为0，A与R 01之间具有如氨基酸、琥珀酰基等连接基时，可采用本技术领域可生成Z 2或Z 1的现有技术(包括但不限于烷基化、缩合、click反应等等)，并参照下述的线性官能化放进行制备。
2.5.2.烷基化反应
本发明的烷基化反应优选基于羟基、巯基或氨基的烷基化的反应，依次对应于醚键、硫醚键、仲氨基或叔氨基的形成。举例如下：
2.5.2.1.底物醇与磺酸酯、卤代物发生烷基化
在碱的存在下，由底物醇与磺酸酯衍生物、卤代物亲核取代得到胺中间体。其中，磺酸酯、卤代物的摩尔当量是底物醇的1至50倍，优选1至5倍。当磺酸酯、卤代物的摩尔当量的摩尔当量小于底物醇的1倍摩尔当量，则反应取代不完全，难以纯化。而当磺酸酯、卤代物的摩尔当量大于底物醇的50倍时，过量的试剂给纯化带来麻烦，可能混入后续步骤，从而导致下一步副反应增加，增加纯化难度。
得到的产物为醚中间体和过量的磺酸酯、卤代物的混合物，其可以通过阴离子交换树脂、渗透、超滤等方式进行纯化。其中，阴离子交换树脂没有特别限制，只要目标产物可以在树脂上发生离子交换、吸附即可，优选以葡聚糖、琼脂糖、聚丙酸酯、聚苯乙烯、聚二苯乙烯等为骨架的叔胺或季铵盐的离子交换树脂。渗透、超滤的溶剂没有限制，一般可以水或者有机溶剂，其中有机溶剂没有特别限制，只要产物可以在里面溶解即可，优选二氯甲烷、三氯甲烷等。
反应溶剂没有受到限制，优选非质子性溶剂，如甲苯、苯、二甲苯、乙腈、乙酸乙 酯、四氢呋喃、氯仿、二氯甲烷、二甲基亚砜、二甲基甲酰胺或二甲基乙酰胺，更优选二甲基甲酰胺、二氯甲烷、二甲亚砜或四氢呋喃。
碱包括有机碱(如三乙胺、吡啶、4-二甲基氨基吡啶、咪唑或二异丙基乙基胺)或无机碱(如碳酸钠、氢氧化钠、碳酸氢钠、乙酸钠、碳酸钾或氢氧化钾)，优选有机碱，更优选三乙胺、吡啶。碱的摩尔量为磺酸酯或卤代物摩尔当量的1至50倍，优选为1至10倍，更优选为3至5倍。
2.5.2.2.底物胺与磺酸酯、卤代物发生烷基化
A.底物胺与磺酸酯、卤代物发生烷基化
在碱的存在下，由底物胺与磺酸酯衍生物、卤代物亲核取代得到胺中间体。其中，磺酸酯、卤代物的摩尔当量是底物胺的1至50倍，优选1至5倍。当磺酸酯、卤代物的摩尔当量的摩尔当量小于底物胺的1倍摩尔当量，则反应取代不完全，难以纯化。而当磺酸酯、卤代物的摩尔当量大于底物胺的50倍时，过量的试剂给纯化带来麻烦，可能混入后续步骤，从而导致下一步副反应增加，增加纯化难度。
得到的产物为胺中间体和过量的磺酸酯、卤代物的混合物，其可以通过阴离子交换树脂、渗透、超滤等方式进行纯化。其中，阴离子交换树脂没有特别限制，只要目标产物可以在树脂上发生离子交换、吸附即可，优选以葡聚糖、琼脂糖、聚丙酸酯、聚苯乙烯、聚二苯乙烯等为骨架的叔胺或季铵盐的离子交换树脂。渗透、超滤的溶剂没有限制，一般可以水或者有机溶剂，其中有机溶剂没有特别限制，只要产物可以在里面溶解即可，优选二氯甲烷、三氯甲烷等。
反应溶剂没有受到限制，优选非质子性溶剂，如甲苯、苯、二甲苯、乙腈、乙酸乙酯、四氢呋喃、氯仿、二氯甲烷、二甲基亚砜、二甲基甲酰胺或二甲基乙酰胺，更优选二甲基甲酰胺、二氯甲烷、二甲亚砜或四氢呋喃。
碱包括有机碱(如三乙胺、吡啶、4-二甲基氨基吡啶、咪唑或二异丙基乙基胺)或无机碱(如碳酸钠、氢氧化钠、碳酸氢钠、乙酸钠、碳酸钾或氢氧化钾)，优选有机碱，更优选三乙胺、吡啶。碱的摩尔量为磺酸酯或卤代物摩尔当量的1至50倍，优选为1至10倍，更优选为3至5倍。
2.5.2.3.底物胺与醛类衍生物发生烷基化反应
由底物胺与醛类衍生物反应得到亚胺中间体后，在还原剂作用下得到中间体。其中，醛类衍生物的摩尔当量是底物胺的1至20倍，优选1至2倍，更优选1至1.5倍。当醛类衍生物的摩尔当量大于底物胺的20倍时，过量的试剂给纯化带来麻烦，可能混入后续步骤，增加纯化难度。当醛类衍生物的摩尔当量小于底物胺的1倍时，反应不完全，增加纯化难度。其中，反应后产物可以通过阳离子交换树脂、渗透、超滤等手段纯化得到中间体。所述的阳离子交换树脂没有特别的限制，只要能与季铵阳离子发生交换实现分离效果即可。渗透、超滤的溶剂没有限制，一般可以水或者有机溶剂，其中有机溶剂没有特别限制，只要产物可以在里面溶解即可，优选二氯甲烷、三氯甲烷等。
反应溶剂没有受到限制，优选有机溶剂，如甲醇、乙醇、水、甲苯、苯、二甲苯、乙腈、乙酸乙酯、四氢呋喃、氯仿、二氯甲烷、二甲基亚砜、二甲基甲酰胺或二甲基乙酰胺等；更优选水和甲醇。
还原剂没有特别限制，只有能过将亚胺还原成胺即可，优选硼氢化钠、氢化铝锂、氰基硼氢化钠、Zn/AcOH等，更优选氰基硼氢化钠。一般还原剂的用量为醛类衍生物物质的量的0.5至50倍，更优选1-10倍。
2.5.3.三官能化小分子D-1
三官能化小分子D-1含有两个相同反应性基团F 5和R 3’，其中，F 5为反应性基团，R 3’端含有反应性基团R 01或含有R 01的微变化形式；所述微变化形式指经过脱保护、盐 络合与解络合、离子化、质子化、去质子化、改变离去基团中任一种化学过程，能够转变为R 01的基团。
具体地，所述三官能化小分子D-1包括但不限于以下结构中任一种：
Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-000057
Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-000058
等，还包括前述三官能化小分子中相关基团被保护的情形，例如
Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-000059
也可以为其中氨基被保护的情形，即为
Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-000060
2.5.4.末端的线性官能化
末端线性官能化的方法没有特别限制，与最终的功能性基团或其被保护形式的类型相关。
末端羟基的线性官能化，即从化合物A-5’的末端羟基出发，经官能化获得其他功能性基团或其被保护形式-L 3-R 3，具体的制备方法如文献CN104530417A中段落[0960]段到[1205]段记载的。
本发明中，各制备方法中用到的原料可以购买获得或者自行合成获得。
本发明中制备的中间体、终产物都可通过包括但不限于萃取、重结晶、吸附处理、沉淀、反沉淀、薄膜透析或超临界提取等的纯化方法加以纯化。对终产物的结构、分子量的表征确认，可采用包括但不限于核磁、电泳、紫外-可见分光光度计、FTIR、AFM、GPC、HPLC、MALDI-TOF、圆二色谱法等表征方法。
3.1.阳离子脂质体
本发明中，一种阳离子脂质体，含有前文所述的任一种结构如通式(1)所示的阳离子脂质。
本发明的一种具体实施方案中，优选阳离子脂质体除了含有结构如通式(1)所示的阳离子脂质，还含有中性脂质、类固醇脂质和聚乙二醇化脂质中的一种或者一种以上；更优选还同时含有有中性脂质、类固醇脂质和聚乙二醇化脂质三种脂质。前述的中性脂质优选为磷脂。
本发明的一种具体实施方案中，阳离子脂质体中的中性脂质优选包括但不限于1,2-二亚油酰基-sn-甘油-3-磷酸胆碱(DLPC)、1,2-二肉豆蔻酰基-sn-甘油-磷酸胆碱(DMPC)、1,2-二油酰基-sn-甘油-3-磷酸胆碱(DOPC)、1,2-二棕榈酰基-sn-甘油-3-磷酸胆碱(DPPC)、1,2-二硬脂酰基-sn-甘油-3-磷酸胆碱(DSPC)、1,2-双十一烷酰基-sn-甘油-磷酸胆碱(DUPC)、1-棕榈酰基-2-油酰基-sn-甘油-3-磷酸胆碱(POPC)、1,2-二-O-十八碳烯基-sn-甘油-3-磷酸胆碱(18:0Diether PC)、1-油酰基-2-胆固醇基半琥珀酰基-sn-甘油-3-磷酸胆碱(OChemsPC)、1-十六烷基-sn-甘油-3-磷酸胆碱(C16Lyso PC)、1,2-二亚麻酰基-sn-甘油-3-磷酸胆碱、1,2-二花生四烯酰基-sn-甘油-3-磷酸胆碱、1,2-双二十二碳六烯酰基-sn-甘油-3-磷酸胆碱、1,2-二油酰基-sn-甘油-3-磷酸乙醇胺(DOPE)、1,2-二植烷酰基-sn-甘油-3-磷酸乙醇胺(ME 16.0PE)、1,2-二硬脂酰基-sn-甘油-3-磷酸乙醇胺、1,2-二亚油酰基-sn-甘油-3- 磷酸乙醇胺、1,2-二亚麻酰基-sn-甘油-3-磷酸乙醇胺、1,2-二花生四烯酰基-sn-甘油-3-磷酸乙醇胺、1,2-双二十二碳六烯酰基-sn-甘油-3-磷酸乙醇胺、1,2-二油酰基-sn-甘油-3-磷酸-rac-(1-甘油)钠盐(DOPG)、二油酰基磷脂酰丝氨酸(DOPS)、二棕榈酰基磷脂酰甘油(DPPG)、棕榈酰基油酰基磷脂酰乙醇胺(POPE)、二硬脂酰基-磷脂酰-乙醇胺(DSPE)、二棕榈酰基磷脂酰乙醇胺(DPPE)、二肉豆蔻酰基磷酸乙醇胺(DMPE)、1-硬脂酰基-2-油酰基-硬脂酰乙醇胺(SOPE)、1-硬脂酰基-2-油酰基-磷脂酰胆碱(SOPC)、鞘磷脂、磷脂酰胆碱、磷脂酰乙醇胺、磷脂酰丝氨酸、磷脂酰肌醇、磷脂酸、棕榈酰基油酰基磷脂酰胆碱、溶血磷脂酰胆碱和溶血磷脂酰乙醇胺(LPE)中任一种及其组合物。
本发明的一种具体实施方案中，阳离子脂质体中的类固醇脂质优选为胆固醇、粪固醇、谷固醇、麦角固醇、菜油固醇、豆固醇、菜籽固醇、番茄碱、熊果酸、α-生育酚中任一种及其混合物。
本发明的一种具体实施方案中，阳离子脂质体中的聚乙二醇化脂质优选为聚乙二醇-1,2二肉豆蔻酸甘油酯(PEG-DMG)、聚乙二醇-二硬脂酰基磷脂酰乙醇胺(PEG-DSPE)、PEG-胆固醇、聚乙二醇-二酰基甘油(PEG-DAG)，聚乙二醇-二烷氧基丙基(PEG-DAA)，具体地包括聚乙二醇500-二棕榈酰磷脂酰胆碱、聚乙二醇2000-二棕榈酰磷脂酰胆碱、聚乙二醇500-硬脂酰磷脂酰乙醇胺、聚乙二醇2000-二硬脂酰磷脂酰乙醇胺、聚乙二醇500-1,2-油酰基磷脂酰乙醇胺、聚乙二醇2000-1,2-油酰基磷脂酰乙醇胺和聚乙二醇2000-2,3-二肉豆蔻酰甘油(PEG-DMG)中任一种。
本发明的一种具体实施方案中，阳离子脂质体中的聚乙二醇化脂质的结构优选如通式(2)所示：
Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-000061
或其药物可接受的盐、互变异构体或立体异构体，
其中，L 7、L 8各自独立地为连接键或二价连接基，所述二价连接基选自-O(C＝O)-、-(C＝O)O-、-O(C＝O)O-、-C(＝O)-、-O-、-S-、-C(＝O)S-、-SC(＝O)-、-NR cC(＝O)-、-C(＝O)NR c-、-NR cC(＝O)NR c-、-OC(＝O)NR c-、-NR cC(＝O)O-、-SC(＝O)NR c-和-NR cC(＝O)S-中任一种，其中，R c每次出现时各自独立地为氢原子或C 1-12烷基；
L 3为连接键或二价连接基，当为二价连接基时，选自L 4、L 5、Z二价连接基中任一种、任二种或者任二种以上组合而成的二价连接基；更优选为-L 4-、-Z-L 4-Z-、-L 4-Z-L 5-、-Z-L 4-Z-L 5-和-L 4-Z-L 5-Z-中任一种二价连接基；其中，所述L 4、L 5为碳链连接基，各自独立地为-(CR aR b) t-(CR aR b) o-(CR aR b) p-，t、o、p各自独立地为0-12的整数，且t、o、p不同时为0，R a和R b每次出现时各自独立地为氢原子或C 1-12烷基；所述Z每次出现时各自独立为-(C＝O)-、-O(C＝O)-、-(C＝O)O-、-O(C＝O)O-、-O-、-S-、-C(＝O)S-、-SC(＝O)-、-NR cC(＝O)-、-C(＝O)NR c-、-NR cC(＝O)NR c-、-OC(＝O)NR c-、-NR cC(＝O)O-、-SC(＝O)NR c-和-NR cC(＝O)S-中任一种，其中，R c每次出现时各自独立地为H或C 1-12烷基；
B 3、B 4各自独立地为连接键或C 1-12亚烷基；
R 1、R 2各自独立地为C 1-30脂肪烃基；
R为氢原子、烷基、烷氧基、-(C＝O)R d、-(C＝O)OR d、-O(C＝O)R d、-O(C＝O)OR d或
Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-000062
其中，R d为C 1-12烷基，G 1为k+1价的末端支化基团，j为0或1，F含有功能性基团，j为0时，G 1不存在，j为1时，G 1引出k个的F，k为2-8的整数；
A为-(CR aR b) sO-或-O(CR aR b) s-，其中，s为2、3或4，R a和R b各自独立地为氢原 子或C 1-12烷基；
n 1为20-250的整数；
所述烷基、亚烷基、烷氧基、脂肪烃基各自独立地为取代的或未取代的。
本发明的一种具体实施方案中，阳离子脂质体中的聚乙二醇化脂质的结构如通式(2)所示且选自以下结构式中任一种：
Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-000063
Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-000064
本发明的一种具体实施方案中，优选前述的任一种阳离子脂质体中包含20-80％的式(1)所示的阳离子脂质、5-15％的中性脂质、25-55％的类固醇脂质和0.5-10％的聚乙二醇化脂质，所述百分比为各脂质占包含溶剂的溶液中的总脂质的摩尔百分比。
本发明的一种具体实施方案中，优选前述的任一种阳离子脂质体中，阳离子脂质占包含溶剂的溶液中的总脂质的摩尔百分比为30-65％；更优选为约35％、40％、45％、46％、47％、48％、49％、50％、55％中任一种。
本发明的一种具体实施方案中，优选前述的任一种阳离子脂质体中，中性脂质占包含溶剂的溶液中的总脂质的摩尔百分比为7.5-13％；更优选为约8％、9％、10％、11％、12％中任一种。
本发明的一种具体实施方案中，优选前述的任一种阳离子脂质体中，类固醇脂质占包含溶剂的溶液中的总脂质的摩尔百分比为35-50％，更优选为约40％、41％、42％、43％、44％、45％、46％、47％、48％、49％、50％中任一种。
本发明的一种具体实施方案中，优选前述的任一种阳离子脂质体中，聚乙二醇化脂质占包含溶剂的溶液中的总脂质的摩尔百分比为0.5-5％；优选为1-3％；更优选为约1.5％、1.6％、1.7％、1.8％、1.9％中任一种。
3.2.阳离子脂质体的制备
本发明中，阳离子脂质体可以通过以下方法进行制备，包括但不限于薄膜分散法、超声分散法、反相蒸发法、冷冻干燥法、冻融法、复乳法和/或注入法、微流控法，优选为薄膜分散法或注入法。
4.1.阳离子脂质体药物组合物
本发明的一种实施方案，一种阳离子脂质体药物组合物，含有前文所述的任一种阳离子脂质体和药物，其中，阳离子脂质体，含有前文所述的任一种结构如通式(1)所示的阳离子脂质，药物包括但不限于核酸药物、基因疫苗、抗肿瘤药物、小分子药物、多肽药物和蛋白质药物等。
本发明的一种具体实施方案中，阳离子脂质体药物组合物中通过简单混合法或者微流控法进行制备，具体地，按照一定的摩尔百分比将阳离子脂质、中性脂质、类甾醇脂质和PEG化脂质溶于有机相，获得有机相溶液；按照一定的N/P比将药物(治疗剂或预防剂)加到水相中，获得水相溶液；按照适合的体积比将前述的有机相溶液和水相溶液进行混合(微流控混合或简单混合)；后处理纯化得到阳离子脂质体药物组合物。
本发明的一种具体实施方案中，阳离子脂质体药物组合物中，优选药物为核酸类药物，所述核酸类药物选自RNA、DNA、反义核酸、质粒、mRNA(信使RNA)、干扰核酸、适体、miRNA抑制剂(antagomir)、微RNA(miRNA)、核酶及和小干扰RNA(siRNA)中任一种；优选为RNA、miRNA和siRNA中任一种。
本发明的一种具体实施方案中，阳离子脂质体药物组合物优选作为药物使用，包括但不限于抗肿瘤剂、抗病毒剂、抗真菌剂和疫苗等药物。
本发明的一种具体实施方案中，阳离子脂质体药物组合物中的药物为核酸药物，且阳离子脂质与所述核酸的N/P比为(0.5～20):1；更优选为(1～10):1，更优选为2:1、4:1、6:1或10:1。
本发明的一种具体实施方案中，溶解核酸类药物的水相优选为去离子水、超纯水、磷酸盐缓冲液或生理盐水，更优选为磷酸盐缓冲液或柠檬酸盐缓冲液，最优选为柠檬酸盐缓冲液；优选阳离子脂质体：工作液＝(0.05～20)g：100mL，更优选为(0.1～10)g：100mL，最优选为(0.2～5)g：100mL。
5.1一种阳离子脂质体药物组合物制剂
本发明中，一种阳离子脂质体药物组合物制剂，含有前述的任一种阳离子脂质体药 物组合物和药学上可接受的稀释剂或赋形剂，所述稀释剂或赋形剂优选为去离子水、超纯水、磷酸盐缓冲液和生理盐水中任一种，更优选为磷酸盐缓冲液或生理盐水，最优选为生理盐水。
下面结合一些具体实施例对阳离子脂质、阳离子脂质体、阳离子脂质体核酸药物组合物的制备及阳离子脂质体核酸药物组合物的生物活性测试做进一步描述。具体实施例为进一步详细说明本发明，非限定本发明的保护范围。其中，制备阳离子脂质的实施例中，终产物通过核磁表征结构，或通过MALDI-TOF确认分子量。
实施例1：
实施例1.1：阳离子脂质(E1-1)
Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-000065
对应通式(1)，E1-1中，R 1、R 2均为
Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-000066
B 1、B 2均为亚己基，L 1、L 2均为酯基(-C(＝O)O-)，X为N，L 3为亚丁基，R 3为羟基，总分子量约为824Da。
制备过程如下所示：
步骤a：向化合物N-己基辛基胺(S1-1，5.33g，25.0mmol)中加入100mL的无水二氯甲烷，于室温下搅拌溶解。依次加入碳酸钾(K 2CO 3，5.95g，50.0mmol)、3-甲磺酰氧基丙酸(S1-2，0.84g，5.0mmol)和四正丁基溴化铵(0.19g，0.6mmol)，反应液于室温下搅拌72小时。反应结束后，加入50mL水搅拌混合，调节pH为5-7，用二氯甲烷(50mL*2)萃取两次，合并有机相，用饱和氯化钠水溶液(50mL)反洗一次，保留有机相，用无水硫酸钠干燥，过滤，滤液浓缩得到化合物S1-3粗品。通过柱层析纯化，浓缩，油泵抽干得到3-(N-己基辛胺基)丙酸(S1-3，2.20g)。
步骤b：在氩气气氛下，向装有溶于二氯甲烷(50mL)的S1-3(2.00g，7.0mmol)、6-溴正己醇(S1-4，1.51g，8.4mmol)和4-(二甲基氨基)吡啶(DMAP，0.21g，1.8mmol)的圆底烧瓶中加入二环己基碳二亚胺(DCC，3.17g，15.4mmol)，室温下反应16h。反应结束后，通过过滤将沉淀去除，浓缩滤液，得到的残余物通过硅胶柱层析纯化得到溴代酯化物S1-5(2.55g)。
步骤c：氮气保护下，将化合物4-氨基-1-丁醇(S1-6，0.18g，2.0mmol)溶于乙腈(50mL)中，慢速搅拌下依次加入S1-5(2.24g，5.0mmol)和N,N-二异丙基乙胺(DIPEA，0.36g，4.0mmol)室温下搅拌反应约20h。反应结束后，浓缩反应液后用二氯甲烷溶解，依次用0.6M盐酸/10％氯化钠溶液、饱和碳酸氢钠溶液萃取，合并有机相，用无水硫酸镁干燥、过滤、浓缩，通过柱层析纯化得到阳离子脂质E1-1(1.32g)。E1-1的核磁氢谱主要数据如下： 1H NMR(400MHz,CDCl 3)δ:4.06(t,4H),3.64-3.61(m,2H),3.24(t,4H),3.03(t,4H),3.02-2.81(m,14H),1.80-1.21(m,60H),0.87(t,12H)。经MALDI-TOF测试，确定E1-1的分子量为823.76Da。
Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-000067
实施例1.2：阳离子脂质(E1-2)
Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-000068
对应通式(1)，E1-2中，R 1、R 2均为
Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-000069
B 1、B 2均为亚己基，L 1、L 2均为酯基(-C(＝O)O-)，X为N，L 3为亚乙基，R 3为羟基，总分子量约为796Da。
制备过程如下所示：
氮气保护下，将化合物2-氨基-1-乙醇(S1-7，0.12g，2.0mmol)溶于乙腈(50mL)中，慢速搅拌下依次加入S1-5(2.24g，5.0mmol)和DIPEA(0.36g，4.0mmol)室温下搅拌反应约20h。反应结束后，浓缩反应液后用二氯甲烷溶解，依次用0.6M盐酸/10％氯化钠溶液、饱和碳酸氢钠溶液萃取，合并有机相，用无水硫酸镁干燥、过滤、浓缩，通过柱层析纯化得到阳离子脂质E1-2(1.27g)。E1-2的核磁氢谱主要数据如下： 1H NMR(400MHz,CDCl 3)δ:4.04(t,4H),3.86-3.78(m,2H),3.23(t,4H),3.03(t,4H),3.02-2.81(m,14H),1.81-1.22(m,56H),0.87(t,12H)。经MALDI-TOF测试，确定E1-2的分子量为795.75Da。
Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-000070
实施例1.3：阳离子脂质(E1-3)
Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-000071
对应通式(1)，E1-3中，R 1、R 2均为
Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-000072
B 1、B 2均为亚丁基，L 1、L 2均为酯基(-C(＝O)O-)，X为N，L 3为亚丁基，R 3为羟基，总分子量约为768Da。
制备过程如下所示：
步骤a：在氩气气氛下，向装有溶于二氯甲烷(150mL)的S1-3(2.85g，10.0mmol)、4-溴正丁醇(S1-8，1.82g，12.0mmol)和DMAP(0.31g，2.5mmol)的圆底烧瓶中加入DCC(4.53g，22.0mmol)，室温下反应16h。反应结束后，通过过滤将沉淀去除，浓缩滤液，得到的残余物通过硅胶柱层析纯化得到溴代酯化物S1-9(3.59g)。
步骤b：氮气保护下，将化合物S1-6(0.18g，2.0mmol)溶于乙腈(50mL)中， 慢速搅拌下依次加入S1-9(2.10g，5.0mmol)和DIPEA(0.36g，4.0mmol)室温下搅拌反应约20h。反应结束后，浓缩反应液后用二氯甲烷溶解，依次用0.6M盐酸/10％氯化钠溶液、饱和碳酸氢钠溶液萃取，合并有机相，用无水硫酸镁干燥、过滤、浓缩，通过柱层析纯化得到阳离子脂质E1-3(1.23g)。E1-3的核磁氢谱主要数据如下： 1H NMR(400MHz,CDCl 3)δ:4.07(t,4H),3.64-3.61(m,2H),3.24(t,4H),3.03(t,4H),3.02-2.81(m,14H),1.81-1.22(m,52H),0.87(t,12H)。经MALDI-TOF测试，确定E1-3的分子量为767.70Da。
Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-000073
实施例2：阳离子脂质(E2-1)
Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-000074
对应通式(1)，E2-1中，R 1、R 2均为
Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-000075
B 1、B 2均为亚己基，L 1、L 2均为酯基(-C(＝O)O-)，X为N，L 3为亚丁基，R 3为羟基，总分子量约为768Da。
制备过程如下所示：
步骤a：将化合物S1-1(2.57g，12.0mmol)溶于二氯甲烷(50mL)，然后依次加入6-溴己基-N-琥珀酰亚胺基碳酸酯(S2-1，3.22g，10.0mmol)和三乙胺(TEA，1.10mL，15.0mmol)，于室温下搅拌反应过夜。反应结束后，反应液浓缩得到粗品。通过柱层析纯化，浓缩，油泵抽干得到溴代酯化物S2-2(3.31g)。
步骤b：氮气保护下，将化合物S1-6(0.18g，2.0mmol)溶于乙腈(50mL)中，慢速搅拌下依次加入S2-2(2.10g，5.0mmol)和DIPEA(0.36g，4.0mmol)室温下搅拌反应约20h。反应结束后，浓缩反应液后用二氯甲烷溶解，依次用0.6M盐酸/10％氯化钠溶液、饱和碳酸氢钠溶液萃取，合并有机相，用无水硫酸镁干燥、过滤、浓缩，通过柱层析纯化得到阳离子脂质E2-1(1.25g)。E2-1的核磁氢谱主要数据如下： 1H NMR(400MHz,CDCl 3)δ:4.05(t,4H),3.65-3.61(m,2H),3.22-3.06(m,8H),2.91-2.63(m,6H),1.81-1.22(m,60H),0.88(t,12H)。经MALDI-TOF测试，确定E2-1的分子量为767.73Da。
Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-000076
实施例3：阳离子脂质(E3-1)
Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-000077
对应通式(1)，E3-1中，R 1、R 2均为
Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-000078
B 1、B 2均为亚己基，L 1、L 2均为酯基(-C(＝O)O-)，X为N，L 3为亚丁基，R 3为羟基，总分子量约为824Da。
制备过程如下所示：
步骤a：将化合物S3-1(2.89g，12.0mmol)溶于二氯甲烷(50mL)，然后依次加入S2-1(3.22g，10.0mmol)和TEA(1.10mL，15.0mmol)，于室温下搅拌反应过夜。反应结束后，反应液浓缩得到粗品。通过柱层析纯化，浓缩，油泵抽干得到化合物溴代酯化物S3-2(3.49g)。
步骤b：氮气保护下，将化合物S1-6(0.18g，2.0mmol)溶于乙腈(50mL)中，慢速搅拌下依次加入S3-2(2.24g，5.0mmol)和DIPEA(0.36g，4.0mmol)室温下搅拌反应约20h。反应结束后，浓缩反应液后用二氯甲烷溶解，依次用0.6M盐酸/10％氯化钠溶液、饱和碳酸氢钠溶液萃取，合并有机相，用无水硫酸镁干燥、过滤、浓缩，通过柱层析纯化得到阳离子脂质E3-1(1.35g)。E3-1的核磁氢谱主要数据如下： 1H NMR(400MHz,CDCl 3)δ:4.03(t,4H),3.64-3.61(m,2H),3.20-3.06(m,8H),2.91-2.59(m,6H),1.81-1.22(m,68H),0.85(t,12H)。经MALDI-TOF测试，确定E3-1的分子量为823.75Da。
Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-000079
实施例4：阳离子脂质(E4-1)
Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-000080
对应通式(1)，E4-1中，R 1、R 2均为
Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-000081
B 1、B 2均为亚庚基，L 1、L 2均为酯基(-C(＝O)O-)，X为N，L 3为亚丁基，R 3为羟基，总分子量约为852Da。
制备过程如下所示：
步骤a：将化合物S3-1(2.89g，12.0mmol)溶于二氯甲烷(50mL)，然后依次加入7-溴庚基-N-琥珀酰亚胺基碳酸酯(S4-1，3.36g，10.0mmol)和TEA(1.10mL，15.0mmol)，于室温下搅拌反应过夜。反应结束后，反应液浓缩得到粗品。通过柱层析纯化，浓缩，油泵抽干得到溴代酯化物S4-2(3.61g)。
步骤b：氮气保护下，将化合物S1-6(0.18g，2.0mmol)溶于乙腈(50mL)中，慢速搅拌下依次加入S4-2(2.32g，5.0mmol)和DIPEA(0.36g，4.0mmol)室温下搅拌反应约20h。反应结束后，浓缩反应液后用二氯甲烷溶解，依次用0.6M盐酸/10％氯化钠溶液、饱和碳酸氢钠溶液萃取，合并有机相，用无水硫酸镁干燥、过滤、浓缩，通过柱层析纯化得到阳离子脂质E4-1(1.40g)。E4-1的核磁氢谱主要数据如下： 1H NMR(400MHz,CDCl 3)δ:4.05(t,4H),3.64-3.61(m,2H),3.24-3.06(m,8H),2.90-2.61(m,6H),1.82-1.20(m,72H),0.86(t,12H)。经MALDI-TOF测试，确定E4-1的分子量为851.83Da。
Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-000082
实施例5：阳离子脂质(E5-1)
Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-000083
对应通式(1)，E5-1中，R 1为
Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-000084
R 2为
Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-000085
B 1、B 2为亚己基，L 1、L 2均为酯基(-C(＝O)O-)，X为N，L 3为亚丁基，R 3为羟基，总分子量约为823Da。
制备过程如下所示：
步骤a：氮气保护下，向装有溶于二氯甲烷(100mL)的2-己基癸酸(S5-1，2.56g，10.0mmol)、S1-4(2.16g，12.0mmol)和DMAP(0.31g，2.5mmol)的圆底烧瓶中加入DCC(4.53g，22.0mmol)，室温下反应16h。反应结束后，通过过滤将沉淀去除，浓缩滤液，得到的残余物通过硅胶柱层析纯化得到溴代酯化物S5-2(3.39g)。
步骤b：氮气保护下，将化合物S1-6(0.36g，4.0mmol)溶于乙腈(50mL)中，慢速搅拌下依次加入S5-2(2.10g，5.0mmol)和DIPEA(0.36g，4.0mmol)室温下搅拌反应约20h。反应结束后，浓缩反应液后用二氯甲烷溶解，依次用0.6M盐酸/10％氯化钠溶液、饱和碳酸氢钠溶液萃取，合并有机相，用无水硫酸镁干燥、过滤、浓缩，通过柱层析纯化得到化合物S5-3(1.40g)。
步骤c：氮气保护下，将化合物S5-3(0.86g，2.0mmol)溶于乙腈(30mL)中，慢速搅拌下依次加入S5-4(1.19g，2.5mmol，其中S5-4是由S1-4与
Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-000086
反应制备得到的，具体实验步骤参照实施例1.1步骤b)和DIPEA(0.18g，2.0mmol)室温下搅拌反应约20h。反应结束后，浓缩反应液后用二氯甲烷溶解，依次用0.6M盐酸/10％氯化钠溶液、饱和碳酸氢钠溶液萃取，合并有机相，用无水硫酸镁干燥、过滤、浓缩，通过柱层析纯化得到阳离子脂质E5-1(1.34g)。E5-1的核磁氢谱主要数据如下： 1H NMR(400MHz,CDCl 3)δ:4.06(t,2H),4.01(t,2H),3.66-3.62(m,2H),3.22(t,2H),3.04(t,2H),3.02-2.81(m,10H),2.29-2.22(m,1H),1.92-1.21(m,68H),0.83(t,12H)。经MALDI-TOF测试，确定E5-1的分子量为822.77Da。
Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-000087
实施例6.1：阳离子脂质(E6-1)
Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-000088
对应通式(1)，E6-1中，R 1为
Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-000089
R 2为
Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-000090
B 1、B 2均为亚己基，L 1、L 2均为酯基(-C(＝O)O-)，X为N，L 3为亚丁基，R 3为羟基，总分子量约为767Da。
制备过程如下所示：
氮气保护下，将化合物S5-3(0.86g，2.0mmol)溶于乙腈(30mL)中，慢速搅拌下依次加入S2-2(1.05g，2.5mmol)和DIPEA(0.18g，2.0mmol)室温下搅拌反应约20h。反应结束后，浓缩反应液后用二氯甲烷溶解，依次用0.6M盐酸/10％氯化钠溶液、饱和碳酸氢钠溶液萃取，合并有机相，用无水硫酸镁干燥、过滤、浓缩，通过柱层析纯化得到阳离子脂质E6-1(1.25g)。E6-1的核磁氢谱主要数据如下： 1H NMR(400MHz,CDCl 3)δ:4.06-4.00(m,4H),3.65(t,2H),3.22-3.09(m,4H),2.90-2.75(m,6H),2.33-2.22(m,1H),1.83-1.22(m,64H),0.86(t,12H)。经MALDI-TOF测试，确定E6-1的分子量为766.87Da。
Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-000091
实施例6.2：阳离子脂质(E6-2)
Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-000092
对应通式(1)，E6-1中，R 1为
Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-000093
R 2为
Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-000094
B 1、B 2均为亚己基，L 1、L 2均为酯基(-C(＝O)O-)，X为N，L 3为亚丁基，R 3为羟基，总分子量约为823Da。
制备过程如下所示：
按照实施例5步骤a、步骤b的方法，将步骤a中的原料2-己基癸酸换成2-辛基癸酸进行制备得到S6-1，然后按照实施例6.1的投料量和操作步骤，将S6-1与S3-2进行反应，得到阳离子脂质E6-2。E6-2的核磁氢谱主要数据如下： 1H NMR(400MHz,CDCl 3)δ:4.06-4.02(m,4H),3.65(t,2H),3.22-3.10(m,4H),2.92-2.76(m,6H),2.33-2.24(m,1H),1.79-1.22(m,72H),0.85(t,12H)。经MALDI-TOF测试，确定E6-2的分子量为822.62Da。
Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-000095
实施例7.1：阳离子脂质(E7-1)
Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-000096
对应通式(1)，E7-1中，R 1为
Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-000097
R 2为
Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-000098
B 1、B 2均为亚己基，L 1为酯基(-OC(＝O)O-)，L 2为酯基(-C(＝O)O-)，X为N，L 3为亚丁基，R 3 为羟基，总分子量约为767Da。
制备过程如下所示：
步骤a：氮气保护下，向装有溶于二氯甲烷(100mL)的S7-1(2.08g，10.0mmol)、7-十五醇(S7-2，2.74g，12.0mmol)和DMAP(0.31g，2.5mmol)的圆底烧瓶中加入DCC(4.53g，22.0mmol)，室温下反应16h。反应结束后，通过过滤将沉淀去除，浓缩滤液，得到的残余物通过硅胶柱层析纯化得到溴代酯化物(S7-3，3.47g)。
步骤b：氮气保护下，将化合物S1-6(0.36g，4.0mmol)溶于乙腈(50mL)中，慢速搅拌下依次加入S7-3(2.10g，5.0mmol)和DIPEA(0.36g，4.0mmol)室温下搅拌反应约20h。反应结束后，浓缩反应液后用二氯甲烷溶解，依次用0.6M盐酸/10％氯化钠溶液、饱和碳酸氢钠溶液萃取，合并有机相，用无水硫酸镁干燥、过滤、浓缩，通过柱层析纯化得到化合物S7-4(1.40g)。
步骤c：氮气保护下，将化合物S7-4(0.86g，2.0mmol)溶于乙腈(30mL)中，慢速搅拌下依次加入S2-2(1.05g，2.5mmol)和DIPEA(0.18g，2.0mmol)室温下搅拌反应约20h。反应结束后，浓缩反应液后用二氯甲烷溶解，依次用0.6M盐酸/10％氯化钠溶液、饱和碳酸氢钠溶液萃取，合并有机相，用无水硫酸镁干燥、过滤、浓缩，通过柱层析纯化得到阳离子脂质E7-1(1.24g)。E7-1的核磁氢谱主要数据如下： 1H NMR(400MHz,CDCl 3)δ:4.87-4.79(m,1H),4.03-3.99(t,2H),3.64-3.58(m,2H),3.24-3.06(m,4H),2.90-2.59(m,6H),2.30-2.24(t,2H),1.81-1.22(m,64H),0.85(t,12H)。经MALDI-TOF测试，确定E7-1的分子量为766.71Da。
Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-000099
实施例7.2：阳离子脂质(E7-2)
Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-000100
对应通式(1)，E7-2中，R 1为
Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-000101
R 2为
Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-000102
B 1、B 2均为亚己基，L 1为酯基(-OC(＝O)O-)，L 2为酯基(-C(＝O)O-)，X为N，L 3为亚丁基，R 3为羟基，总分子量约为823Da。
制备过程如下所示：
按照实施例7步骤a、步骤b的方法，将步骤a中的原料7-十五醇换成9-十七烷醇进行制备得到S7-5，然后按照实施例7.1的投料量和操作步骤，将S7-5与S3-2进行反应，得到阳离子脂质E7-2。E7-2的核磁氢谱主要数据如下： 1H NMR(400MHz,CDCl 3)δ:4.86-4.80(m,1H),4.02-3.98(t,2H),3.64-3.60(m,2H),3.26-3.08(m,4H),2.90-2.62(m,6H),2.31-2.25(t,2H),1.80-1.22(m,72H),0.85(t,12H)。经MALDI-TOF测试，确定E7-2的分子量为822.68Da。
Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-000103
实施例8：阳离子脂质(E8-1)
Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-000104
对应通式(1)，E8-1中，R 1为
Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-000105
R 2为
Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-000106
B 1、B 2为亚己基，L 1、L 2均为酯基(-C(＝O)O-)，X为N，L 3为亚丁基，R 3为羟基，总分子量约为795Da。
制备过程如下所示：
氮气保护下，将化合物S5-3(0.86g，2.0mmol)溶于乙腈(30mL)中，慢速搅拌下依次加入S1-5(1.12g，2.5mmol)和DIPEA(0.18g，2.0mmol)室温下搅拌反应约20h。反应结束后，浓缩反应液后用二氯甲烷溶解，依次用0.6M盐酸/10％氯化钠溶液、饱和碳酸氢钠溶液萃取，合并有机相，用无水硫酸镁干燥、过滤、浓缩，通过柱层析纯化得到阳离子脂质E8-1(1.29g)。E8-1的核磁氢谱主要数据如下： 1H NMR(400MHz,CDCl 3)δ:4.07(t,2H),4.01(t,2H),3.67-3.62(m,2H),3.22(t,2H),3.04(t,2H),2.99-2.85(m,10H),2.30-2.21(m,1H),1.93-1.47(m,20H),1.45-1.16(m,44H),0.84(t,12H)。经MALDI-TOF测试，确定E8-1的分子量为794.83Da。
Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-000107
实施例9：阳离子脂质(E9-1)
Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-000108
对应通式(1)，E9-1中，R 1为
Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-000109
R 2为
Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-000110
B 1、B 2为亚己基，L 1为酯基(-OC(＝O)-)，L 2为酯基(-C(＝O)O-)，X为N，L 3为亚丁基，R 3为羟基，总分子量约为795Da。
制备过程如下所示：
步骤a：氮气保护下，将化合物S1-6(0.36g，4.0mmol)溶于乙腈(50mL)中，慢速搅拌下依次加入S9-1(2.24g，5.0mmol，其中S9-1是由S6-1与
Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-000111
反应制备得到的，具体实验步骤参照实施例6步骤b)和DIPEA(0.36g，4.0mmol)室温下搅拌反应约20h。反应结束后，浓缩反应液后用二氯甲烷溶解，依次用0.6M盐酸/10％氯化钠溶液、饱和碳酸氢钠溶液萃取，合并有机相，用无水硫酸镁干燥、过滤、浓 缩，通过柱层析纯化得到化合物S9-2(1.48g)。
步骤b：氮气保护下，将化合物S9-2(0.91g，2.0mmol)溶于乙腈(30mL)中，慢速搅拌下依次加入S2-2(1.05g，2.5mmol)和DIPEA(0.18g，2.0mmol)室温下搅拌反应约20h。反应结束后，浓缩反应液后用二氯甲烷溶解，依次用0.6M盐酸/10％氯化钠溶液、饱和碳酸氢钠溶液萃取，合并有机相，用无水硫酸镁干燥、过滤、浓缩，通过柱层析纯化得到阳离子脂质E9-1(1.30g)。E9-1的核磁氢谱主要数据如下： 1H NMR(400MHz,CDCl 3)δ:4.87-4.78(m,1H),4.03-3.99(t,2H),3.58(t,2H),3.24-3.06(m,4H),2.90-2.59(m,6H),2.30-2.24(t,2H),1.81-1.22(m,68H),0.85(t,12H)。经MALDI-TOF测试，确定E9-1的分子量为794.74Da。
Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-000112
实施例10：阳离子脂质(E10-1)
Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-000113
对应通式(1)，E10-1中，R 1为
Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-000114
R 2为
Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-000115
B 1、B 2均为亚己基，L 1为碳酸酯基(-OC(＝O)O-)，L 2为酯基(-C(＝O)O-)，X为N，L 3为亚丁基，R 3为羟基，总分子量约为783Da。
制备过程如下所示：
步骤a：在氮气的保护下，将6-溴己基-4-硝基苯基碳酸酯(S10-1，3.45g，10.0mmol，其中S10-1是由对硝基苯基氯甲酸酯和6-溴正己醇反应制备得到的)溶于二氯甲烷(300mL)中，室温搅拌下滴加S6-2(9.12g，40.0mmol)，随后缓慢滴加吡啶(1.00mL，12.5mmol)超过10min，然后一次性加入DMAP(0.24g，2.0mmol)。室温搅拌反应16h，反应结束后用二氯甲烷进行萃取两次，合并有机相并用盐水洗涤，然后用无水硫酸镁干燥，过滤浓缩得到粗产品。粗产品用硅胶柱分离纯化，收集目标洗脱液，浓缩得到S10-2(1.21g)。
步骤b：氮气保护下，将化合物S1-6(0.18g，2.0mmol)溶于乙腈(50mL)中，慢速搅拌下依次加入S10-2(1.06g，2.5mmol)和DIPEA(0.18g，2.0mmol)室温下搅拌反应约20h。反应结束后，浓缩反应液后用二氯甲烷溶解，依次用0.6M盐酸/10％氯化钠溶液、饱和碳酸氢钠溶液萃取，合并有机相，用无水硫酸镁干燥、过滤、浓缩，通过柱层析纯化得到化合物S10-3(0.72g)。
步骤c：氮气保护下，将化合物S10-3(0.44g，1.0mmol)溶于乙腈(20mL)中，慢速搅拌下依次加入S2-2(0.52g，1.3mmol)和DIPEA(0.09g，1.0mmol)室温下搅拌反应约20h。反应结束后，浓缩反应液后用二氯甲烷溶解，依次用0.6M盐酸/10％氯化钠溶液、饱和碳酸氢钠溶液萃取，合并有机相，用无水硫酸镁干燥、过滤、浓缩，通过柱层析纯化得到阳离子脂质E10-1(0.64g)。E10-1的核磁氢谱主要数据如下： 1H NMR(400MHz,CDCl 3)δ:4.71-4.68(m,1H),4.21(t,2H),4.03(t,2H),3.68-3.60(t,2H),2.55-2.46(m,10H),1.75-1.25(m,64H),0.89(t,12H)。经MALDI-TOF测试，确定E10-1的分子量为782.72Da。
Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-000116
实施例11：阳离子脂质(E11-1)
Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-000117
对应通式(1)，E11-1中，R 1为
Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-000118
R 2为
Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-000119
B 1为亚戊基，B 2为亚己基，L 1为酯基(-OC(＝O)-)，L 2为酯基(-C(＝O)O-)，X为N，L 3为亚丁基，R 3为羟基，总分子量约为869Da。
制备过程如下所示：
步骤a：将含有一个TBS保护羟基的1,3-丙二醇(S11-1，9.50g，50mmol)溶于400mL二氯甲烷溶液中，加入氯铬酸吡啶盐(PCC，16.13g，75.0mmol)，15℃下搅拌至少2小时后，过滤，减压浓缩，硅胶柱层析纯化得到TBS保护羟基的3-羟基丙酸(S11-2，6.02g)。
步骤b：将上述化合物S11-2(5.64g，30.0mmol)和1-辛醇(S11-3，9.75g，75.0mmol)溶于200mL二氯甲烷溶液中，加入一水合对甲苯磺酸(TsOH·H 2O，1.14g，6.0mmol)和无水硫酸钠(10.65g，75.0mmol)。15℃下搅拌至少24小时后，过滤，减压浓缩粗产品通过柱层析法纯化得到TBS保护羟基的缩醛(S11-4，2.84g)。
步骤c：将上述产物S11-4(2.16g，5.0mmol)溶于THF(50mL)溶液中，置于氮气保护的烧瓶内，加入四丁基氟化铵溶液(TBAF，50mL，1M)，反应过夜，脱除TBS保护。用无水硫酸钠干燥，过滤，滤液浓缩得到化合物S11-5粗产品。通过柱层析纯化，浓缩，油泵抽干得到含有裸露羟基的缩醛S11-5(1.40g，88.6％)。
步骤d：在氩气气氛下，向装有溶于二氯甲烷(100mL)的S11-5(0.76g，2.4mmol)、S11-6(0.39g，2.0mmol)和DMAP(61.00mg，0.5mmol)的圆底烧瓶加入DCC(0.91g，4.4mmol)，室温下反应16h。反应结束后，通过过滤将沉淀去除，浓缩滤液，得到的残余物通过硅胶柱层析纯化得到溴代酯化物S11-7(0.81g)。
步骤e：氮气保护下，将化合物S1-6(0.09g，1.0mmol)溶于乙腈(20mL)中，慢速搅拌下依次加入S11-7(0.62g，1.3mmol)和DIPEA(0.09g，1.0mmol)室温下搅拌反应约20h。反应结束后，浓缩反应液后用二氯甲烷溶解，依次用0.6M盐酸/10％氯化钠溶液、饱和碳酸氢钠溶液萃取，合并有机相，用无水硫酸镁干燥、过滤、浓缩，通过柱层析纯化得到化合物S11-8(0.42g)。
步骤f：氮气保护下，将化合物11-8(0.30g，0.6mmol)溶于乙腈(20mL)中，慢速搅拌下依次加入S1-5(0.34g，0.8mmol)和DIPEA(0.05g，0.6mmol)室温下搅拌反应约20h。反应结束后，浓缩反应液后用二氯甲烷溶解，依次用0.6M盐酸/10％氯化钠溶液、饱和碳酸氢钠溶液萃取，合并有机相，用无水硫酸镁干燥、过滤、浓缩，通过柱层析纯化得到阳离子脂质E11-1(0.43g)。E11-1的核磁氢谱主要数据如下： 1H NMR (400MHz,CDCl 3)δ:4.64(t,1H),4.06(t,4H),3.64-3.61(m,4H),3.52-3.36(m,4H),3.02-2.81(m,10H),2.32(t,4H),1.80-1.21(m,64H),0.87(t,12H)。经MALDI-TOF测试，确定E11-1的分子量为868.79Da。
Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-000120
实施例12：阳离子脂质(E12-1)
Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-000121
对应通式(1)，E12-1中，R 1为
Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-000122
R 2为
Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-000123
B 1、B 2均为亚庚基，B 2为亚己基，L 1为酯基(-OC(＝O)-)，L 2为酯基(-C(＝O)O-)，X为N，L 3为亚丁基，R 3为羟基，总分子量约为855Da。
制备过程如下所示：
步骤a：在氩气气氛下，将含有一个TBS保护羟基的甘油(S12-1，3.09g，15.0mmol)、K 2CO 3(6.21g，45.0mmol)、溴己烷(S12-2，2.71g，16.5mmol)溶解于100mL的DMF中，混合物在110℃下搅拌16h，通过薄层色谱法确认反应完成后，将反应液倒入水(100mL)中进行沉淀，过滤，通过柱层析进一步分离纯化得到TBS保护羟基的甘油醚化物S12-3(3.35g，89.3％)。
步骤b：将上述产物S12-3(1.88g，5.0mmol)溶于THF(50mL)溶液中，置于氮气保护的烧瓶内，加入四丁基氟化铵溶液(TBAF，50mL，1M)，反应过夜，脱除TBS保护。用无水硫酸钠干燥，过滤，滤液浓缩得到化合物S12-4粗产品。通过柱层析纯化，浓缩，油泵抽干得到含有羟基的甘油醚化物S12-4(1.14g，87.9％)。
步骤c：在氩气气氛下，向装有溶于二氯甲烷(50mL)的S12-4(0.62g，2.4mmol)、8-溴辛酸(S12-5，0.45g，2.0mmol)和DMAP(61.00mg，0.5mmol)的圆底烧瓶加入DCC(0.91g，4.4mmol)，室温下反应16h。反应结束后，通过过滤将沉淀去除，浓缩滤液，得到的残余物通过硅胶柱层析纯化得到溴代酯化物S12-6(0.76g)。
步骤d：氮气保护下，将化合物S1-6(0.09g，1.0mmol)溶于乙腈(20mL)中，慢速搅拌下依次加入S12-6(0.58g，1.3mmol)和DIPEA(0.09g，1.0mmol)室温下搅拌反应约20h。反应结束后，浓缩反应液后用二氯甲烷溶解，依次用0.6M盐酸/10％氯化钠溶液、饱和碳酸氢钠溶液萃取，合并有机相，用无水硫酸镁干燥、过滤、浓缩，通过柱层析纯化得到化合物S12-7(0.39g)。
步骤e：氮气保护下，将化合物S12-7(0.28g，0.6mmol)溶于乙腈(20mL)中，慢速搅拌下依次加入S4-2(0.37g，0.8mmol)和DIPEA(0.05g，0.6mmol)室温下搅拌反应约20h。反应结束后，浓缩反应液后用二氯甲烷溶解，依次用0.6M盐酸/10％氯化钠溶液、饱和碳酸氢钠溶液萃取，合并有机相，用无水硫酸镁干燥、过滤、浓缩，通过柱层析纯化得到阳离子脂质E12-1(0.42g)。E12-1的核磁氢谱主要数据如下： 1H NMR(400MHz,CDCl 3)δ:5.15-5.07(m,1H),4.03(t,2H),3.70(t,2H),3.58-3.50(m,4H),3.48-3.36(m,4H),3.22-2.91(m,10H),2.35-2.28(m,2H),1.96-1.47(m,20H),1.38-1.23(m,44H),0.87(t,12H)。经MALDI-TOF测试，确定E12-1的分子量为854.58Da。
Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-000124
实施例13：阳离子脂质(E13-1)
Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-000125
对应通式(1)，E13-1中，R 1为
Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-000126
R 2为
Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-000127
B 1、B 2均为亚己基，L 1、L 2均为酯基(-C(＝O)O-)，X为N，L 3为亚丁基，R 3为
Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-000128
总分子量约为794Da。
制备过程如下所示：
步骤a：氮气保护下，将4-二甲基氨基丁胺(S13-1，0.09g，1.0mmol)溶于乙腈(50mL)中，慢速搅拌下依次加入S5-2(2.10g，5.0mmol)和DIPEA(0.36g，4.0mmol)室温下搅拌反应约20h。反应结束后，浓缩反应液后用二氯甲烷溶解，依次用0.6M盐酸/10％氯化钠溶液、饱和碳酸氢钠溶液萃取，合并有机相，用无水硫酸镁干燥、过滤、浓缩，通过柱层析纯化得到化合物S13-2(1.51g)。
步骤b：氮气保护下，将化合物S13-2(0.91g，2.0mmol)溶于乙腈(30mL)中，慢速搅拌下依次加入S2-2(1.05g，2.5mmol)和DIPEA(0.18g，2.0mmol)室温下搅拌反应约20h。反应结束后，浓缩反应液后用二氯甲烷溶解，依次用0.6M盐酸/10％氯化钠溶液、饱和碳酸氢钠溶液萃取，合并有机相，用无水硫酸镁干燥、过滤、浓缩，通过柱层析纯化得到阳离子脂质E13-1(1.28g)。E13-1的核磁氢谱主要数据如下： 1H NMR(400MHz,CDCl 3)δ:4.07-4.01(m,4H),3.22-3.08(m,4H),2.92-2.76(m,8H),2.33-2.26(m,1H),2.23(s,6H),1.83-1.22(m,64H),0.87(t,12H)。经MALDI-TOF测试，确定E13-1的分子量为793.74Da。
Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-000129
实施例14：阳离子脂质(E14-1)
Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-000130
对应通式(1)，E14-1中，R 1为
Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-000131
R 2为
Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-000132
B 1、B 2均为亚庚基，L 1为酯基(-OC(＝O)-)，L 2为酯基(-C(＝O)O-)，X为N，L 3为亚丁基，R 3为
Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-000133
总分子量约为882Da。
参考E13-1的制备过程，以S13-1、S12-6和S4-2为原料，采用相同的摩尔量，获得阳离子脂质E14-1(1.43g)。E14-1的核磁氢谱主要数据如下：E14-1的核磁氢谱主要数据如下： 1H NMR(400MHz,CDCl 3)δ:5.12-5.08(m,1H),4.04(t,2H),3.58-3.52(m,4H),3.48-3.36(m,4H),3.23-2.92(m,12H),2.32-2.28(m,2H),2.23(s,6H),1.96-1.22(m,64H),0.87(t,12H)。经MALDI-TOF测试，确定E14-1的分子量为881.82Da。
Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-000134
实施例15：阳离子脂质(E15-1)
Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-000135
对应通式(1)，E15-1中，R 1为
Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-000136
R 2为
Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-000137
B 1、B 2均为亚己基，L 1、L 2均为酯基(-C(＝O)O-)，X为N，L 3为亚丁基，R 3为
Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-000138
总分子量约为822Da。
参考E13-1的制备过程，以S13-1、S5-2和S1-5为原料，采用相同的摩尔量，获得阳离子脂质E15-1(1.33g)。E15-1的核磁氢谱主要数据如下：4.06(t,2H),4.01(t,2H),3.63(t,2H),3.20(t,2H),3.02-2.81(m,12H),2.26(t,1H),2.20(s,6H),1.92-1.21(m,64H),0.83(t,12H)。经MALDI-TOF测试，确定E15-1的分子量为821.77Da。
Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-000139
实施例16：阳离子脂质(E16-1)
Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-000140
对应通式(1)，E16-1中，R 1为十一烷基，R 2为
Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-000141
B 1为亚戊基，B 2为亚庚基，L 1为酯基(-OC(＝O)-)，L 2为酯基(-C(＝O)O-)，X为N，L 3为亚丁基，R 3为
Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-000142
总分子量约为766Da。
制备过程如下所示：
步骤a：将S3-1(2.89g，12.0mmol)溶于二氯甲烷(60mL)，依次加入7-溴庚基-N-琥珀酰亚胺基碳酸酯(S16-1，3.35g，10.0mmol)和TEA(1.10mL，15.0mmol)于室温下搅拌反应过夜。反应结束后，反应液浓缩得到粗品。通过柱层析纯化，浓缩，油泵抽干得到溴代酯化物S16-2(3.65g)。
步骤b：氮气保护下，将化合物S13-1(0.46g，4.0mmol)溶于乙腈(50mL)中，慢速搅拌下依次加入S16-2(2.31g，5.0mmol)和DIPEA(0.36g，4.0mmol)室温下搅拌反应约20h。反应结束后，浓缩反应液后用二氯甲烷溶解，依次用0.6M盐酸/10％氯化钠溶液、饱和碳酸氢钠溶液萃取，合并有机相，用无水硫酸镁干燥、过滤、浓缩，通过柱层析纯化得到化合物S16-3(1.62g)。
步骤c：氮气保护下，将化合物S16-3(1.00g，2.0mmol)溶于乙腈(30mL)中，慢速搅拌下依次加入6-溴己酸十一烷基酯(S16-4，0.87g，2.5mmol，其中S16-4是由6-溴己酸和十一醇反应制备得到的)和DIPEA(0.18g，2.0mmol)室温下搅拌反应约20h。反应结束后，浓缩反应液后用二氯甲烷溶解，依次用0.6M盐酸/10％氯化钠溶液、饱和碳酸氢钠溶液萃取，合并有机相，用无水硫酸镁干燥、过滤、浓缩，通过柱层析纯化得到阳离子脂质E16-1(1.26g)。E16-1的核磁氢谱主要数据如下： 1H NMR(400MHz,CDCl 3)δ:4.03(t,4H),3.22-3.09(m,4H),2.90-2.79(m,8H),2.30(t,2H),2.23(s,6H),1.76-1.19(m,62H),0.87(t,9H)。经MALDI-TOF测试，确定E16-1的分子量为765.74Da。
Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-000143
实施例17：阳离子脂质(E17-1)
Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-000144
对应通式(1)，E17-1中，R 1为
Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-000145
R 2为
Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-000146
B 1、B 2均为亚己基，L 1、L 2均为酯基(-C(＝O)O-)，X为N，L 3为-CH 2CH 2OCH 2CH 2-，R 3为羟基， 总分子量约为811Da。
制备过程如下所示：
步骤a：氮气保护下，将二甘醇胺(S17-1，0.42g，4.0mmol)溶于乙腈(50mL)中，慢速搅拌下依次加入S5-2(2.10g，5.0mmol)和DIPEA(0.36g，4.0mmol)室温下搅拌反应约20h。反应结束后，浓缩反应液后用二氯甲烷溶解，依次用0.6M盐酸/10％氯化钠溶液、饱和碳酸氢钠溶液萃取，合并有机相，用无水硫酸镁干燥、过滤、浓缩，通过柱层析纯化得到化合物S16-3(1.44g)。
步骤b：氮气保护下，将化合物S16-3(0.89g，2.0mmol)溶于乙腈(30mL)中，慢速搅拌下依次加入S1-5(0.87g，2.5mmol)和DIPEA(0.18g，2.0mmol)室温下搅拌反应约20h。反应结束后，浓缩反应液后用二氯甲烷溶解，依次用0.6M盐酸/10％氯化钠溶液、饱和碳酸氢钠溶液萃取，合并有机相，用无水硫酸镁干燥、过滤、浓缩，通过柱层析纯化得到阳离子脂质E17-1(1.33g)。E17-1的核磁氢谱主要数据如下： 1H NMR(400MHz,CDCl 3)δ:4.06(t,2H),4.00(t,2H),3.70(t,2H),3.65-3.63(m,6H),3.20(t,2H),3.02-2.81(m,8H),2.65(t,2H),2.25(t,1H),1.80-1.19(m,60H),0.83(t,12H)。经MALDI-TOF测试，确定E17-1的分子量为810.74Da。
Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-000147
实施例18：阳离子脂质(E18-1)
Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-000148
对应通式(1)，E18-1中，R 1为十一烷基，R 2为
Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-000149
B 1为亚戊基，B 2亚丁基，L 1为酯基(-OC(＝O)-)，L 2为酯基(-C(＝O)O-)，X为N，L 3为-CH 2CH 2OCH 2CH 2-，R 3为羟基，总分子量约为755Da。
参考E13-1的制备过程，以S16-2、S17-1和S16-4为原料，采用相同的摩尔量，获得阳离子脂质E18-1(1.24g)。E18-1的核磁氢谱主要数据如下： 1H NMR(400MHz,CDCl 3)δ:4.03(t,4H),3.71(t,2H),3.63(t,4H),3.22-2.81(m,8H),2.65(t,2H),2.30(t,2H),1.77-1.19(m,58H),0.87(t,9H)。经MALDI-TOF测试，确定E18-1的分子量为754.64Da。
Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-000150
实施例19：阳离子脂质(E19-1)
Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-000151
对应通式(1)，E19-1中，R 1为十一烷基，R 2为
Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-000152
B 1为亚戊基，B 2亚庚基，L 1为酯基(-OC(＝O)-)，L 2为酯基(-C(＝O)O-)，X为N，L 3为亚乙基，R 3 为羟基，总分子量约为711Da。
参考E13-1的制备过程，以S16-2、S17-1和S16-4为原料，采用相同的摩尔量，获得阳离子脂质E19-1(1.15g)。E19-1的核磁氢谱主要数据如下： 1H NMR(400MHz,CDCl 3)δ:4.03(t,4H),3.86-3.78(m,2H),3.22-3.09(m,4H),2.98-2.81(m,6H),2.30(t,2H),1.79-1.20(m,58H),0.88(t,9H)。经MALDI-TOF测试，确定E19-1的分子量为710.70Da。
Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-000153
实施例20：阳离子脂质(E20-1)
Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-000154
对应通式(1)，E20-1中，R 1为十一烷基，R 2为
Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-000155
B 1为亚戊基，B 2亚庚基，L 1、L 2均为酯基(-C(＝O)O-)，X为N，L 3为亚乙基，R 3为羟基，总分子量约为711Da。
制备过程如下所示：
氮气保护下，将化合物S16-3(0.89g，2.0mmol)溶于乙腈(50mL)中，慢速搅拌下依次加入5-溴戊烷基月桂酸酯(S20-1，0.87g，2.5mmol，其中S20-1是由月桂酸和5-溴-1-戊醇反应制备得到的)和DIPEA(0.18g，2.0mmol)室温下搅拌反应约20h。反应结束后，浓缩反应液后用二氯甲烷溶解，依次用0.6M盐酸/10％氯化钠溶液、饱和碳酸氢钠溶液萃取，合并有机相，用无水硫酸镁干燥、过滤、浓缩，通过柱层析纯化得到阳离子脂质E20-1(1.11g)。E20-1的核磁氢谱主要数据如下： 1H NMR(400MHz,CDCl 3)δ:4.03(t,4H),3.86-3.78(m,2H),3.22-3.09(m,4H),2.98-2.83(m,6H),2.32(t,2H),1.76-1.22(m,58H),0.86(t,9H)。经MALDI-TOF测试，确定E20-1的分子量为710.92Da。
Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-000156
实施例21：阳离子脂质(E21-1)
Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-000157
对应通式(1)，E21-1中，R 1为十一烷基，R 2为
Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-000158
B 1为亚戊基，B 2亚庚基，L 1为碳酸酯基(-OC(＝O)O-)，L 2为酯基(-C(＝O)O-)，X为N，L 3为亚乙基，R 3为羟基，总分子量约为727Da。
制备过程如下所示：
步骤a：在氮气的保护下，将S10-1(4.14g，12.0mmol)溶于二氯甲烷(200mL)中，室温搅拌下滴加1-十一醇(S21-1，8.26g，48.0mmol)，随后缓慢滴加吡啶(1.00mL，15.0mmol)超过10min，然后一次性加入DMAP(0.29g，2.4mmol)。室温搅 拌反应16h，反应结束后用二氯甲烷进行萃取两次，合并有机相并用盐水洗涤，然后用无水硫酸镁干燥，过滤浓缩得到粗产品。通过硅胶柱分离纯化，浓缩，得到6-溴己基十一烷基碳酸酯(S21-2，1.18g)。
步骤b：氮气保护下，将化合物S1-7(0.12g，2.0mmol)溶于乙腈(30mL)中，慢速搅拌下依次加入S21-2(1.08g，2.5mmol)和DIPEA(0.18g，2.0mmol)室温下搅拌反应约20h。反应结束后，浓缩反应液后用二氯甲烷溶解，依次用0.6M盐酸/10％氯化钠溶液、饱和碳酸氢钠溶液萃取，合并有机相，用无水硫酸镁干燥、过滤、浓缩，通过柱层析纯化得到化合物S21-3(0.60g)。
步骤c：氮气保护下，将化合物S21-3(0.36g，1.0mmol)溶于乙腈(20mL)中，慢速搅拌下依次加入S16-2(0.58g，1.3mmol)和DIPEA(0.09g，1.0mmol)室温下搅拌反应约20h。反应结束后，浓缩反应液后用二氯甲烷溶解，依次用0.6M盐酸/10％氯化钠溶液、饱和碳酸氢钠溶液萃取，合并有机相，用无水硫酸镁干燥、过滤、浓缩，通过柱层析纯化得到阳离子脂质E21-1(0.59g)。E21-1的核磁氢谱主要数据如下： 1H NMR(400MHz,CDCl 3)δ:4.19(t,4H),4.03(t,2H),3.86-3.78(m,2H),3.22-3.09(m,4H),2.96-2.81(m,6H),1.76-1.23(m,58H),0.87(t,9H)。经MALDI-TOF测试，确定E21-1的分子量为726.63Da。
Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-000159
实施例22：阳离子脂质(E22-1)
Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-000160
对应通式(1)，E22-1中，R 1为十一烷基，R 2为
Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-000161
B 1为亚戊基，B 2亚庚基，L 1为酯基(-OC(＝O)-)，L 2为酯基(-C(＝O)O-)，X为N，L 3为亚乙基，R 3为羟基，总分子量约为739Da。
制备过程如下所示：
步骤a：氮气保护下，将化合物S1-7(0.12g，2.0mmol)溶于乙腈(30mL)中，慢速搅拌下依次加入S22-1(1.23g，2.5mmol，其中S22-1是由7-溴正庚醇与
Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-000162
反应制备得到的，具体实验步骤参照实施例1.1步骤b)和DIPEA(0.18g，2.0mmol)，室温下搅拌反应约20h。反应结束后，浓缩反应液后用二氯甲烷溶解，依次用0.6M盐酸/10％氯化钠溶液、饱和碳酸氢钠溶液萃取，合并有机相，用无水硫酸镁干燥、过滤、浓缩，通过柱层析纯化得到化合物S22-2(0.78g)。
步骤b：氮气保护下，将化合物S22-2(0.47g，1.0mmol)溶于乙腈(20mL)中，慢速搅拌下依次加入S16-4(0.44g，1.3mmol)和DIPEA(0.09g，1.0mmol)室温下搅拌反应约20h。反应结束后，浓缩反应液后用二氯甲烷溶解，依次用0.6M盐酸/10％氯化钠溶液、饱和碳酸氢钠溶液萃取，合并有机相，用无水硫酸镁干燥、过滤、浓缩， 通过柱层析纯化得到阳离子脂质E22-1(0.59g)。E22-2的核磁氢谱主要数据如下： 1H NMR(400MHz,CDCl 3)δ:4.03(t,4H),3.86-3.78(m,2H),3.63(t,2H),3.22-3.09(m,4H),2.99-2.81(m,6H),2.30(t,4H),1.81-1.19(m,58H),0.88(t,9H)。经MALDI-TOF测试，确定E22-1的分子量为738.65Da。
Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-000163
实施例23：阳离子脂质(E23-1)
Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-000164
对应通式(1)，E23-1中，R 1为壬烷基，R 2为
Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-000165
B 1、B 2均为亚庚基，L 1、L 2均为酯基(-C(＝O)O-)，X为N，L 3为亚乙基，R 3为羟基，总分子量约为739Da。
制备过程如下所示：
氮气保护下，将化合物S22-2(0.94g，2.0mmol)溶于乙腈(20mL)中，慢速搅拌下依次加入S23-1(0.87g，2.5mmol，其中S23-1是由7-溴正庚醇与正癸酸反应制备得到的，具体实验步骤参照实施例1.1步骤b)和DIPEA(0.18g，2.0mmol)室温下搅拌反应约20h。反应结束后，浓缩反应液后用二氯甲烷溶解，依次用0.6M盐酸/10％氯化钠溶液、饱和碳酸氢钠溶液萃取，合并有机相，用无水硫酸镁干燥、过滤、浓缩，通过柱层析纯化得到阳离子脂质E23-1(1.21g)。E23-1的核磁氢谱主要数据如下： 1H NMR(400MHz,CDCl 3)δ:4.03(t,4H),3.86-3.76(m,2H),3.64(t,2H),3.22-3.09(m,4H),2.98-2.81(m,6H),2.31(t,4H),1.75-1.21(m,58H),0.87(t,9H)。经MALDI-TOF测试，确定E23-1的分子量为738.69Da。
Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-000166
实施例24：阳离子脂质(E24-1)
Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-000167
对应通式(1)，E24-1中，R 1为辛烷基，R 2为
Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-000168
B 1、B 2均为亚庚基，L 1为碳酸酯基(-OC(＝O)O-)，L 2为酯基(-C(＝O)O-)X为N，L 3为亚乙基，R 3为羟基，总分子量约为741Da。
制备过程如下所示：
氮气保护下，将化合物S22-2(0.94g，2.0mmol)溶于乙腈(20mL)中，慢速搅拌下依次加入S24-1(0.88g，2.5mmol，其中S24-1是由7-溴庚基-4-硝基苯基碳酸酯与辛醇反应制备得到的，具体实验步骤参照实施例10步骤a)和DIPEA(0.18g，2.0mmol)室温下搅拌反应约20h。反应结束后，浓缩反应液后用二氯甲烷溶解，依次用0.6M盐酸/10％氯化钠溶液、饱和碳酸氢钠溶液萃取，合并有机相，用无水硫酸镁干燥、过滤、浓缩，通过柱层析纯化得到阳离子脂质E24-1(1.22g)。E24-1的核磁氢谱主要数据如下： 1H NMR(400MHz,CDCl 3)δ:4.19(t,4H),4.03(t,2H),3.85-3.78(m,2H),3.63(t,2H),3.22-3.09(m,4H),2.98-2.83(m,6H),2.30(t,2H),1.79-1.19(m,56H),0.87(t,9H)。经MALDI-TOF测试，确定E24-1的分子量为740.68Da。
Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-000169
实施例25：阳离子脂质(E25-1)
Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-000170
对应通式(1)，E25-1中，R 1、R 2均为
Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-000171
B 1、B 2均为亚己基，L 1、L 2均为酯基(-C(＝O)O-)，X为N，L 3为
Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-000172
R 3为羟基，总分子量约为908Da。
制备过程如下所示：
氮气保护下，将化合物2-(4-(2-氨基乙基)哌嗪-1-基)乙醇(S25-1，0.35g，2.0mmol)溶于乙腈(100mL)中，慢速搅拌下依次加入S1-5(2.24g，5.0mmol)和DIPEA(0.18g，2.0mmol)室温下搅拌反应约20h。反应结束后，浓缩反应液后用二氯甲烷溶解，依次用0.6M盐酸/10％氯化钠溶液、饱和碳酸氢钠溶液萃取，合并有机相，用无水硫酸镁干燥、过滤、浓缩，通过柱层析纯化得到阳离子脂质E25-1(1.48g)。E25-1的核磁氢谱主要数据如下： 1H NMR(400MHz,CDCl 3)δ:4.03(t,4H),3.71(t,2H),3.63(t,4H),3.12-2.49(m,26H),2.31(t,4H),1.78-1.19(m,56H),0.87(t,12H)。经MALDI-TOF测试，确定E25-1的分子量为907.83Da。
Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-000173
实施例26：阳离子脂质(E26-1)
Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-000174
对应通式(1)，E26-1中，R 1为
Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-000175
R 2为
Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-000176
B 1、B 2为亚己基，L 1为碳酸酯基(-OC(＝O)O-)，L 2为酯基(-C(＝O)O-)，X为N，L 3为
Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-000177
R 3为羟基，总分子量约为867Da。
制备过程如下所示：
步骤a：氮气保护下，将化合物S25-1(0.69g，4.0mmol)溶于乙腈(50mL)中，慢速搅拌下依次加入S10-2(2.17g，5.0mmol)和DIPEA(0.36g，4.0mmol)室温下搅拌反应约20h。反应结束后，浓缩反应液后用二氯甲烷溶解，依次用0.6M盐酸/10％氯化钠溶液、饱和碳酸氢钠溶液萃取，合并有机相，用无水硫酸镁干燥、过滤、浓缩，通过柱层析纯化得到化合物S26-1(1.67g)。
步骤b：氮气保护下，将化合物S26-1(1.06g，2.0mmol)溶于乙腈(30mL)中，慢速搅拌下依次加入S2-2(1.05g，2.5mmol)和DIPEA(0.18g，2.0mmol)室温下搅拌反应约20h。反应结束后，浓缩反应液后用二氯甲烷溶解，依次用0.6M盐酸/10％氯化钠溶液、饱和碳酸氢钠溶液萃取，合并有机相，用无水硫酸镁干燥、过滤、浓缩，通过柱层析纯化得到阳离子脂质E26-1(1.39g)。E26-1的核磁氢谱主要数据如下： 1H NMR(400MHz,CDCl 3)δ:4.71-4.68(m,1H),4.21(t,2H),4.03(t,2H),3.71(t,2H),3.12-2.49(m,18H),2.55-2.46(m,4H),1.75-1.25(m,60H),0.89(t,12H)。经MALDI-TOF测试，确定E26-1的分子量为866.75Da。
Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-000178
实施例27：阳离子脂质(E27-1)
Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-000179
对应通式(1)，E27-1中，R 1为
Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-000180
R 2为
Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-000181
B 1、B 2均为亚己基，L 1、L 2均为酯基(-C(＝O)O-)，X为N，L 3为亚丙基，R 3为叠氮基，总分子量约为778Da。
制备过程如下所示：
步骤a：氮气保护下，将化合物3-叠氮基丙胺(S27-1，0.40g，4.0mmol)溶于乙腈(50mL)中，慢速搅拌下依次加入S5-2(2.09g，5.0mmol)和DIPEA(0.36g，4.0mmol)室温下搅拌反应约20h。反应结束后，浓缩反应液后用二氯甲烷溶解，依次用0.6M盐酸/10％氯化钠溶液、饱和碳酸氢钠溶液萃取，合并有机相，用无水硫酸镁干燥、过滤、浓缩，通过柱层析纯化得到化合物S27-2(1.41g)。
步骤b：氮气保护下，将化合物S27-2(0.88g，2.0mmol)溶于乙腈(30mL)中，慢速搅拌下依次加入S2-2(1.05g，2.5mmol)和DIPEA(0.18g，2.0mmol)室温下搅拌反应约20h。反应结束后，浓缩反应液后用二氯甲烷溶解，依次用0.6M盐酸/10％氯化钠溶液、饱和碳酸氢钠溶液萃取，合并有机相，用无水硫酸镁干燥、过滤、浓缩，通 过柱层析纯化得到阳离子脂质E27-1(1.23g)。E27-1的核磁氢谱主要数据如下： 1H NMR(400MHz,CDCl 3)δ:4.06(t,2H),4.01(t,2H),3.24-3.06(m,4H),2.90-2.59(m,6H),2.25(t,1H),1.81-1.22(m,64H),0.85(t,12H)。经MALDI-TOF测试，确定E27-1的分子量为777.72Da。
Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-000182
实施例28：阳离子脂质体核酸药物组合物的制备
表1-各脂质体的配方及脂质体药物组合物的理化性质
脂质体 L-CT1 L-CT2 L-1 L-2 L-3 L-4
阳离子脂质CL ALC-0315 SM102 E1-1 E1-2 E1-3 E2-1
粒径(nm) 105 109 103 106 107 106
包封率(％) 92.0 91.6 85.3 83.2 82.4 91.3
脂质体 L-5 L-6 L-7 L-8 L-9 L-10
阳离子脂质CL E3-1 E4-1 E5-1 E6-1 E6-2 E7-1
粒径(nm) 102 103 105 108 106 105
包封率(％) 90.8 90.9 88.7 93.6 93.3 92.8
脂质体 L-11 L-12 L-13 L-14 L-15 L-16
阳离子脂质CL E7-2 E8-1 E9-1 E10-1 E11-1 E12-1
粒径(nm) 109 98 102 107 103 105
包封率(％) 92.2 88.5 92.5 90.1 87.8 92.9
脂质体 L-17 L-18 L-19 L-20 L-21 L-22
阳离子脂质CL E13-1 E14-1 E15-1 E16-1 E17-1 E18-1
粒径(nm) 112 114 106 105 102 107
包封率(％) 92.1 92.6 87.2 92.1 89.2 91.5
脂质体 L-23 L-24 L-25 L-26 L-27 L-28
阳离子脂质CL E19-1 E20-1 E21-1 E22-1 E23-1 E24-1
粒径(nm) 106 107 106 103 98 102
包封率(％) 92.5 91.1 91.3 87.4 88.1 87.5
脂质体 L-29 L-30 L-31      
阳离子脂质 E25-1 E26-1 E27-1      
粒径(nm) 99 105 103      
包封率(％) 85.6 91.3 90.1      
本实施例中，制备了多组阳离子脂质体进行比较，各组阳离子脂质体的组成中含有的中性脂质都为DSPC，含有的甾醇类脂质都为胆固醇，含有的聚乙二醇化脂质都为PEG2k-DMG(简称DMG)，仅有阳离子脂质不同，其中，对照组1：阳离子脂质为ALC-0315，参照文献CN108368028A中披露的方法进行制备；对照组2：阳离子脂质为SM102，参照文献CN110520409A中披露的方法进行制备；实验组系列(L-1～L-31)：阳离子脂质为本申请实施例中制备的阳离子脂质，具体地如表1所示。
阳离子脂质体核酸药物组合物(LNP-mRNA)的制备：将表1中所列的阳离子脂质、DSPC、胆固醇和聚乙二醇化脂质按照合适的摩尔比溶于乙醇，获得乙醇相溶液；按照N/P比为6:1将Fluc-mRNA加到50mM柠檬酸盐缓冲液(pH＝4)中，获得水相溶液； 将体积比为1:3的前述乙醇相溶液和水相溶液混合，并通过多次DPBS超滤洗涤以除去乙醇和游离分子，最后通过0.2μm无菌过滤器过滤以得到阳离子脂质体核酸药物组合物。
实施例29：阳离子脂质体核酸药物组合物的理化性质测试
包封率测定：本实施例中，使用Quant-it Ribogreen RNA定量测定试剂盒测定阳离子脂质体的包封率，结果显示本发明的阳离子脂质体对核酸药物(mRNA)有较高的包封率，均在80％-95％的范围内，大部分包封率在85％-95％的范围内，具体地如表1所示。结果表明本申请中的含多个氮支化的阳离子脂质，包封率高于或者低于对照组，且由叔胺作为氮支化引出疏水脂肪尾链的脂质化合物的包封率较低，例如L-1、L-2、L-3、L-12的包封率都比较低，而由氨基甲酸酯键中的胺作为氮支化引出疏水性脂肪尾链的阳离子脂质的包封率则更高，且一端由氨基甲酸酯键中的胺作为氮支化引出疏水性脂肪尾链，一端由碳支化引出疏水尾链的包封效果更佳，例如L-8、L-9、L-10和L-16。
粒径测定：本实施例中，通过动态光散射(DLS)测定LNP-mRNA的粒径。所测定的阳离子脂质体尺寸均匀性较高，其PDI均小于0.3。本申请的脂质组合物制备的阳离子脂质体的粒径在90-120nm的范围内，具体地如表1所示。
实施例30：阳离子脂质体核酸药物组合物的生物学活性测试
(1)细胞毒性(生物相容性)的研究
采用MTT染色法测试本发明的阳离子脂质体核酸药物组合物的细胞毒性，将阳离子脂质体核酸药物溶解于培养基中配成所需剂量，用293T细胞作为细胞模型，以接种密度4×10 4个细胞/孔，将细胞悬浮液100μL/孔接种到96孔板中。接种之后，在细胞培养箱中孵育培养24h，然后按每孔0.2ug mRNA的剂量进行给药，空白对照组加入对应体积的新鲜培养基，每组3个复孔。组合物制剂与293T细胞共同孵育24h后，每孔加入5mg/mL的MTT的PBS缓冲液20μL MTT与293T细胞孵育4h后，吸弃培养基和MTT缓冲液的混合液，加入DMSO 150μL/孔，振荡充分后，用酶标仪测试吸光度。根据测得的吸光值进行计算，结果显示，与空白对照组相比，本发明制备的阳离子脂质体核酸药物组合物的细胞存活率均大于95％，说明本发明的阳离子脂质体核酸药物组合物具有很好的生物相容性。
(2)细胞水平mRNA转染率的研究
为了考察本发明实施例28中制备的一些阳离子脂质体药物组合物(L-CT1、L-CT2、L-1、L-8、L-9、L-10、L-11、L-12、L-16、L-22、L-23各组)细胞水平的mRNA转染率，采用Luciferase生物发光进行测试。将阳离子脂质体核酸药物制剂溶解于培养基中配成所需剂量，用293T细胞作为细胞模型，以接种密度4×10 4个细胞/孔，将细胞悬浮液100μL/孔接种到黑边透明底的96孔板中。接种之后，在细胞培养箱中孵育培养24h，然后按每孔0.2ug mRNA的剂量进行给药，空白对照组加入对应剂量的游离的Fluc-mRNA，每组每个浓度都是3个复孔，转染24小时后，去掉旧培养基，换成含D-荧光素钠(1.5mg/mL)底物的新培养基，并孵育5分钟后，使用酶标仪检测生物发光，荧光越强表明转运进入细胞质且翻译出相应的荧光蛋白的Fluc-mRNA越多。结果如表2所示，其中，荧光强度相对值为各组的荧光强度值与空白对照组的荧光强度值的比值。结果表明，与空白组相比，本发明制备的阳离子脂质体核酸药物组合物具有优异的体外转染效果，同时大部分阳离子脂质体核酸药物组合物的转染率高于对照组，进一步表明了阳离子脂质中的叔胺并非越多越好，也即能电离出更多的正电荷并不一定能呈现出更优异的包封率和转染率，可电离的叔胺结构的位置对阳离子脂质的整体性能尤为重要，叔胺在短链的极性头部(例如L-8、L-9、L-10、L-11、L-16、L-23)而非疏水长尾链处(例如L-1、L-12、L-26)时的阳离子脂质更有助于阳离子脂质体的形成，能更好地包 封核酸药物，也有助于核酸药物从内体中释放到细胞质发挥作用，从而表现出更高的包封率和细胞转染率。
表2-细胞转染的荧光相对值
Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-000183
以上所述仅为本发明的实施例，并非因此限制本发明的专利范围，凡是利用本发明说明书内容所作的等效结构或等效流程变换，或直接或间接运用在其他相关的技术领域，均同理包括在本发明的专利保护范围内。对于本领域技术人员来说，在不脱离本发明的宗旨和范围，以及无需进行不必要的实验情况下，可在等同参数、浓度和条件下，在较宽范围内实施本发明。虽然本发明给出了特殊的实施例，对此应该理解为，可以对本发明作进一步的改进。总之，按本发明的原理，本申请欲包括任何变更、用途或对本发明的改进，包括脱离了本申请中已公开范围，而用本领域已知的常规技术进行的改变。

Claims (25)

  1. 一种阳离子脂质，其特征在于，结构如通式(1)所示：
    Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-100001
    其中，X为N或者CR a，所述R a为H或C 1-12烷基；
    L 1、L 2各自独立地为连接键、-O(C＝O)-、-(C＝O)O-、-O(C＝O)O-、-C(＝O)-、-O-、-O(CR cR c) sO-、-S-、-C(＝O)S-、-SC(＝O)-、-NR cC(＝O)-、-C(＝O)NR c-、-NR cC(＝O)NR c-、-OC(＝O)NR c-、-NR cC(＝O)O-、-SC(＝O)NR c-和-NR cC(＝O)S-中任一种，其中，R c每次出现时各自独立地为氢原子或C 1-12烷基，s为2、3或4；
    L 3为连接键或二价连接基；
    B 1、B 2各自独立地为连接键或C 1-30亚烷基；
    R 1、R 2各自独立地为
    Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-100002
    C 1-30脂肪烃基或C 1-30脂肪烃衍生物残基，且R 1、R 2至少有一个为
    Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-100003
    其中，t为0-12的整数，R e、R f各自独立地为C 1-C 15烷基、C 2-C 15烯基和C 2-C 15炔基中任一种；
    R 3为氢原子、-R d、-OR d、-NR dR d、-SR d、-(C＝O)R d、-(C＝O)OR d、-O(C＝O)R d、-O(C＝O)OR d或
    Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-100004
    其中，R d每次出现时各自独立地为C 1-12烷基，NR dR d中的两个R d可以连接起来成环，G 1为k+1价的末端支化基团，j为0或1，F含有功能性基团R 01，j为0时，G 1不存在，j为1时，G 1引出k个的F，k为2-8的整数；
    所述烷基、亚烷基、脂肪烃基、烯基和炔基各自独立地为取代的或未取代的。
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的阳离子脂质，其特征在于，所述C 1-30脂肪烃基为直链状烷基、支链状烷基、直链状烯基、支链状烯基、直链状炔基或支链状炔基；所述C 1-30脂肪烃基为支链状烷基、支链状烯基或支链状炔基时，表示为
    Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-100005
    所述C 1-30脂肪烃衍生物残基为
    Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-100006
    其中，t为0-12的整数，t 1、t 2各自独立地为0-5的整数，t 3、t 4各自独立地为0或1且不同时为0；其中，R e、R f各自独立地为C 1-C 15烷基、C 2-C 15烯基和C 2-C 15炔基中任一种；
    优选所述C 1-30脂肪烃基或C 1-30脂肪烃衍生物残基选自以下结构中任一种：
    Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-100007
    Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-100008
  3. 根据权利要求1所述的阳离子脂质，其特征在于，所述
    Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-100009
    中的R e、 R f各自独立地为C 1-15烷基，选自甲基、乙基、丙基、丁基、戊基、己基、庚基、辛基、壬基和癸基中任一种；优选所述
    Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-100010
    选自以下结构中任一种：
    Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-100011
  4. 根据权利要求1所述的阳离子脂质，其特征在于，所述B 1、B 2各自独立地为连接键或者C 1-20亚烷基；更优选B 1、B 2为以下情形中任一种：
    情形(1)：B 1、B 2各自独立地为C 1-20亚烷基，具体地B 1、B 2各自独立地为亚甲基、亚乙基、亚丙基、亚丁基、亚戊基、亚己基、亚庚基、亚辛基、亚壬基、亚癸基、亚十一烷基、亚十二烷基、亚十三烷基、亚十四烷基、亚十五烷基、亚十六烷基、亚十七烷基、亚十八烷基、亚十九烷基和亚二十烷基中任一种；更优选B 1、B 2各自独立地为C 5-12亚烷基；
    情形(2)：B 1、B 2其中一个为连接键，另一个为C 1-20亚烷基。
  5. 根据权利要求1所述的阳离子脂质，其特征在于，所述L 1、L 2为以下情形中一种：
    情形(1)：L 1、L 2其中一个为连接键，另一个为-O(C＝O)-、-(C＝O)O-、-O(C＝O)O-、-C(＝O)-、-O-、-O(CR cR c) sO-、-S-、-C(＝O)S-、-SC(＝O)-、-NR cC(＝O)-、-C(＝O)NR c-、-NR cC(＝O)NR c-、-OC(＝O)NR c-、-NR cC(＝O)O-、-SC(＝O)NR c-和-NR cC(＝O)S-中任一种；
    情形(2)：L 1、L 2都为连接键；
    情形(3)：L 1、L 2各自独立地选自-O(C＝O)-、-(C＝O)O-、-O(C＝O)O-、-C(＝O)-、-O-、-O(CH 2) sO-、-S-、-C(＝O)S-、-SC(＝O)-、-NHC(＝O)-、-C(＝O)NH-、-NHC(＝O)NH-、-OC(＝O)NH-、-NHC(＝O)O-、-SC(＝O)NH-和-NHC(＝O)S-中任一种。
  6. 根据权利要求5所述的阳离子脂质，其特征在于，所述L 1、L 2各自独立地选自-O(C＝O)-、-(C＝O)O-和-O(C＝O)O-中任一种；更优选L 1、L 2其中一个为-(C＝O)O-，另一个为-O(C＝O)-或者-(C＝O)O-；更优选L 1和L 2同时为-(C＝O)O-。
  7. 根据权利要求1所述的阳离子脂质，其特征在于，所述L 3为二价连接基，选自L 4、L 5、Z二价连接基中任一种、任二种或者任二种以上组合而成的二价连接基；更优选为-L 4-、-Z-L 4-Z-、-L 4-Z-L 5-、-Z-L 4-Z-L 5-和-L 4-Z-L 5-Z-中任一种二价连接基；其中，所述L 4、L 5为碳链连接基，各自独立地为-(CR aR b) t-(CR aR b) o-(CR aR b) p-，t、o、p各自独立地为0-12的整数，且t、o、P不同时为0，R a和R b每次出现时各自独立地为氢原子或C 1-12烷基；所述Z每次出现时各自独立为-(C＝O)-、-O(C＝O)-、-(C＝O)O-、-O(C＝O)O-、-O-、-S-、-C(＝O)S-、-SC(＝O)-、-NR cC(＝O)-、-C(＝O)NR c-、-NR cC(＝O)NR c-、-OC(＝O)NR c-、-NR cC(＝O)O-、-SC(＝O)NR c-和-NR cC(＝O)S-中任一种，其中，R c每次出现时各自独立地为H或C 1-12烷基。
  8. 根据权利要求7所述的阳离子脂质，其特征在于，所述L 3为-(CH 2) t-、-(CH 2) tZ-、-Z(CH 2) t-、-(CH 2) tZ(CH 2) t-和-Z(CH 2) tZ-中任一种，其中，t为1-12的整数；优选为-(CH 2) t-、-(CH 2) tO-、-(CH 2) tC(＝O)-、-(CH 2) tC(＝O)O-、-(CH 2) tOC(＝O)-、-(CH 2) tC(＝O)NH-、-(CH 2) tNHC(＝O)-、-(CH 2) tOC(＝O)O-、-(CH 2) tNHC(＝O)O-、-(CH 2) tOC(＝O)NH-、-(CH 2) tNHC(＝O)NH-、-O(CH 2) t-、-C(＝O)(CH 2) t-、-C(＝O)O(CH 2) t-、-OC(＝O)(CH 2) t-、 -C(＝O)NH(CH 2) t-、-NHC(＝O)(CH 2) t-、-OC(＝O)O(CH 2) t-、-NHC(＝O)O(CH 2) t-、-OC(＝O)NH(CH 2) t-、-NHC(＝O)NH(CH 2) t-、-(CH 2) tO(CH 2) t-、-(CH 2) tC(＝O)(CH 2) t-、-(CH 2) tC(＝O)O(CH 2) t-、-(CH 2) tOC(＝O)(CH 2) t-、-(CH 2) tC(＝O)NH(CH 2) t-、-(CH 2) tNHC(＝O)(CH 2) t-、-(CH 2) tOC(＝O)O(CH 2) t-、-(CH 2) tNHC(＝O)O(CH 2) t-、-(CH 2) tOC(＝O)NH(CH 2) t-、-(CH 2) tNHC(＝O)NH(CH 2) t-、-O(CH 2) tO-、-C(＝O)(CH 2) tC(＝O)-、-C(＝O)O(CH 2) tC(＝O)O-、-OC(＝O)(CH 2) tOC(＝O)-、-C(＝O)O(CH 2) tOC(＝O)-、-OC(＝O)(CH 2) tC(＝O)O-、-OC(＝O)O(CH 2) tOC(＝O)O-、-C(＝O)NH(CH 2) tC(＝O)NH-、-NHC(＝O)(CH 2) tNHC(＝O)-、-NHC(＝O)(CH 2) tC(＝O)NH-、-C(＝O)NH(CH 2) tNHC(＝O)-、-NHC(＝O)O(CH 2) tNHC(＝O)O-、-OC(＝O)NH(CH 2) tOC(＝O)NH-、-NHC(＝O)O(CH 2) tOC(＝O)NH-、-OC(＝O)NH(CH 2) tNHC(＝O)O-、-NHC(＝O)NH(CH 2) tNHC(＝O)NH-、-C(＝O)(CH 2) tO-、-C(＝O)(CH 2) tC(＝O)O-、-C(＝O)(CH 2) tOC(＝O)-、-C(＝O)(CH 2) tOC(＝O)O-、-C(＝O)(CH 2) tNHC(＝O)O-、-C(＝O)(CH 2) tOC(＝O)NH-和-C(＝O)(CH 2) tNHC(＝O)NH-中任一种。
  9. 根据权利要求1所述的阳离子脂质，其特征在于，所述R 3为氢原子、R d、OR d、-(C＝O)R d-、-(C＝O)OR d、-O(C＝O)R d、-O(C＝O)OR d和
    Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-100012
    中任一种，所述R 3更优选含有氢原子、烷基、烷氧基、醇羟基、被保护的醇羟基、硫醇羟基、被保护的硫醇羟基、羧基、被保护的羧基、氨基、被保护的氨基、醛基、被保护的醛基、酯基、碳酸酯基、氨基甲酸酯基、琥珀酰亚胺基、马来酰亚胺基、被保护的马来酰亚胺基、二甲基氨基、烯基、烯酸酯基、叠氮基、炔基、叶酸基、罗丹明基和生物素基中任一种；进一步优选含有H、-(CH 2) tOH、-(CH 2) tSH、-OCH 3、-OCH 2CH 3、-(CH 2) tNH 2、-(CH 2) tC(＝O)OH、-C(＝O)(CH 2) tC(＝O)OH、-C(＝O)CH 3、-(CH 2) tN 3、-C(＝O)CH 2CH 3、-C(＝O)OCH 3、-OC(＝O)OCH 3、-C(＝O)OCH 2CH 3、-OC(＝O)OCH 2CH 3、-(CH 2) tN(CH 3) 2、-(CH 2) tN(CH 2CH 3) 2、-(CH 2) tCHO、
    Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-100013
    Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-100014
  10. 根据权利要求5所述的阳离子脂质，其特征在于，所述X为N，所述阳离子脂质的结构满足以下结构式中任一种：
    Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-100015
    Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-100016
    Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-100017
    其中，式(2-39)到式(2-48)中，R 1每次出现时各自独立地为C 1-30脂肪烃基或C 1-30脂肪烃衍生物残基，R 2每次出现时各自独立地为
    Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-100018
  11. 根据权利要求1所述的阳离子脂质，其特征在于，其结构选自以下结构中任一种：
    Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-100019
    Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-100020
    Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-100021
    Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-100022
    Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-100023
    Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-100024
    Figure PCTCN2022125227-appb-100025
  12. 一种阳离子脂质体，其特征在于，包含权利要求1-11中任一项所述的阳离子脂质。
  13. 根据权利要求12所述的阳离子脂质体，其特征在于，还含有中性脂质、类固醇脂质和聚乙二醇化脂质中的一种或者一种以上；更优选同时含有有中性脂质、类固醇脂质和聚乙二醇化脂质三种脂质；其中，所述中性脂质优选为磷脂。
  14. 根据权利要求13所述的阳离子脂质体，其特征在于，所述中性脂质选自1,2-二亚油酰基-sn-甘油-3-磷酸胆碱、1,2-二肉豆蔻酰基-sn-甘油-磷酸胆碱、1,2-二油酰基-sn-甘油-3-磷酸胆碱、1,2-二棕榈酰基-sn-甘油-3-磷酸胆碱、1,2-二硬脂酰基-sn-甘油-3-磷酸胆碱、1,2-双十一烷酰基-sn-甘油-磷酸胆碱、1-棕榈酰基-2-油酰基-sn-甘油-3-磷酸胆碱、1,2-二-O-十八碳烯基-sn-甘油-3-磷酸胆碱、1-油酰基-2-胆固醇基半琥珀酰基-sn-甘油-3-磷酸胆碱、1-十六烷基-sn-甘油-3-磷酸胆碱、1,2-二亚麻酰基-sn-甘油-3-磷酸胆碱、1,2-二花生四烯酰基-sn-甘油-3-磷酸胆碱、1,2-双二十二碳六烯酰基-sn-甘油-3-磷酸胆碱、1,2-二油酰基-sn-甘油-3-磷酸乙醇胺、1,2-二植烷酰基-sn-甘油-3-磷酸乙醇胺、1,2-二硬脂酰基-sn-甘油-3-磷酸乙醇胺、1,2-二亚油酰基-sn-甘油-3-磷酸乙醇胺、1,2-二亚麻酰基-sn-甘油-3-磷酸乙醇胺、1,2-二花生四烯酰基-sn-甘油-3-磷酸乙醇胺、1,2-双二十二碳六烯酰基-sn-甘油-3-磷酸乙醇胺、1,2-二油酰基-sn-甘油-3-磷酸-rac-(1-甘油)钠盐、二油酰基磷脂酰丝氨酸、二棕榈酰基磷脂酰甘油、棕榈酰基油酰基磷脂酰乙醇胺、二硬脂酰基-磷脂酰-乙醇胺、二棕榈酰基磷脂酰乙醇胺、二肉豆蔻酰基磷酸乙醇胺、1-硬脂酰基-2-油酰基-硬脂酰乙醇胺、1-硬脂酰基-2-油酰基-磷脂酰胆碱、鞘磷脂、磷脂酰胆碱、磷脂酰乙醇胺、磷脂酰丝氨酸、磷脂酰肌醇、磷脂酸、棕榈酰基油酰基磷脂酰胆碱、溶血磷脂酰胆碱和溶血磷脂酰乙醇胺中任一种及其组合物。
  15. 根据权利要求13所述的阳离子脂质体，其特征在于，所述类固醇脂质选自胆固醇、粪固醇、谷固醇、麦角固醇、菜油固醇、豆固醇、菜籽固醇、番茄碱、熊果酸、α-生育酚中任一种及其混合物。
  16. 根据权利要求13所述的阳离子脂质体，其特征在于，所述聚乙二醇化脂质选自聚乙二醇-1,2二肉豆蔻酸甘油酯、聚乙二醇-二硬脂酰基磷脂酰乙醇胺、PEG-胆固醇、聚乙二醇-二酰基甘油，聚乙二醇-二烷氧基丙基，具体地包括聚乙二醇500-二棕榈酰磷脂酰胆碱、聚乙二醇2000-二棕榈酰磷脂酰胆碱、聚乙二醇500-硬脂酰磷脂酰乙醇胺、聚乙二醇2000-二硬脂酰磷脂酰乙醇胺、聚乙二醇500-1,2-油酰基磷脂酰乙醇胺、聚乙二醇2000-1,2-油酰基磷脂酰乙醇胺和聚乙二醇2000-2,3-二肉豆蔻酰甘油中任一种。
  17. 根据权利要求13-16中任一项所述的阳离子脂质体，其特征在于，包含20-80％的阳离子脂质、5-15％的中性脂质、25-55％的类固醇脂质和0.5-10％的聚乙二醇化脂质，所述百分比为各脂质占包含溶剂的溶液中的总脂质的摩尔百分比。
  18. 根据权利要求13-16中任一项所述的阳离子脂质体，其特征在于，所述阳离子脂质占包含溶剂的溶液中的总脂质的摩尔百分比为30-65％；更优选为约35％、40％、45％、46％、47％、48％、49％、50％、55％。
  19. 根据权利要求13-16中任一项所述的阳离子脂质体，其特征在于，所述中性脂质占包含溶剂的溶液中的总脂质的摩尔百分比为7.5-13％；更优选为约8％、9％、10％、11％、12％。
  20. 根据权利要求13-16中任一项所述的阳离子脂质体，其特征在于，所述类固醇 脂质占包含溶剂的溶液中的总脂质的摩尔百分比为35-50％，更优选为约40％、41％、42％、43％、44％、45％、46％、47％、48％、49％、50％。
  21. 根据权利要求13-16中任一项所述的阳离子脂质体，其特征在于，所述聚乙二醇化脂质占包含溶剂的溶液中的总脂质的摩尔百分比为0.5-5％；优选为1-3％；更优选为约1.5％、1.6％、1.7％、1.8％、1.9％。
  22. 一种阳离子脂质体药物组合物，其特征在于，含有权利要求13-16中任一项所述的阳离子脂质体和药物，所述药物选自核酸药物、基因疫苗、抗肿瘤药物、小分子药物、多肽药物或蛋白质药物中任一种。
  23. 根利要求22所述的阳离子脂质体药物组合物，其特征在于，所述核酸药物选自RNA、DNA、反义核酸、质粒、mRNA、干扰核酸、适体、antagomir、miRNA、核酶和siRNA中任一种；优选为DNA、mRNA、miRNA和siRNA中任一种。
  24. 根据权利要求23所述的阳离子脂质体药物组合物，其特征在于，所述药物组合物作为药物使用，选自以下任一种药物：抗肿瘤剂、抗病毒剂、抗真菌剂和疫苗。
  25. 一种阳离子脂质体药物组合物制剂，其特征在于，含有权利要求23-24中任一项所述的阳离子脂质体药物组合物和药学上可接受的稀释剂或赋形剂，所述稀释剂或赋形剂优选为去离子水、超纯水、磷酸盐缓冲液和生理盐水中任一种，更优选为磷酸盐缓冲液或生理盐水，最优选为生理盐水。
PCT/CN2022/125227 2021-10-15 2022-10-13 含氮的阳离子脂质及其应用 WO2023061460A1 (zh)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202280007452.5A CN117440943A (zh) 2021-10-15 2022-10-13 含氮的阳离子脂质及其应用

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202111204843.X 2021-10-15
CN202111204843 2021-10-15
CN202111424392.0 2021-11-26
CN202111424392 2021-11-26

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2023061460A1 true WO2023061460A1 (zh) 2023-04-20

Family

ID=85987281

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2022/125227 WO2023061460A1 (zh) 2021-10-15 2022-10-13 含氮的阳离子脂质及其应用

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN117440943A (zh)
WO (1) WO2023061460A1 (zh)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN116891423A (zh) * 2023-07-07 2023-10-17 荣灿生物医药技术(上海)有限公司 脂质化合物、组合物及其制备方法和应用

Families Citing this family (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN117886711A (zh) * 2024-03-13 2024-04-16 北京新合睿恩生物医疗科技有限公司 一种阳离子脂质化合物及其制备方法和应用、及lnp组合物

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN104876831A (zh) * 2015-04-03 2015-09-02 苏州圣诺生物医药技术有限公司 脂质修饰精胺衍生物及利用该衍生物制备的脂质体
CN110352071A (zh) * 2016-10-26 2019-10-18 库瑞瓦格股份公司 脂质纳米颗粒mRNA疫苗
WO2021030701A1 (en) * 2019-08-14 2021-02-18 Acuitas Therapeutics, Inc. Improved lipid nanoparticles for delivery of nucleic acids
CN113402405A (zh) * 2021-04-08 2021-09-17 厦门赛诺邦格生物科技股份有限公司 一种阳离子脂质、含该阳离子脂质的脂质体、含该脂质体的核酸药物组合物及其制剂和应用

Patent Citations (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN104876831A (zh) * 2015-04-03 2015-09-02 苏州圣诺生物医药技术有限公司 脂质修饰精胺衍生物及利用该衍生物制备的脂质体
CN110352071A (zh) * 2016-10-26 2019-10-18 库瑞瓦格股份公司 脂质纳米颗粒mRNA疫苗
WO2021030701A1 (en) * 2019-08-14 2021-02-18 Acuitas Therapeutics, Inc. Improved lipid nanoparticles for delivery of nucleic acids
CN113402405A (zh) * 2021-04-08 2021-09-17 厦门赛诺邦格生物科技股份有限公司 一种阳离子脂质、含该阳离子脂质的脂质体、含该脂质体的核酸药物组合物及其制剂和应用
CN115197079A (zh) * 2021-04-08 2022-10-18 厦门赛诺邦格生物科技股份有限公司 一种聚乙二醇化脂质及其修饰的脂质体、含该脂质体的药物组合物及其制剂和应用
CN115197080A (zh) * 2021-04-08 2022-10-18 厦门赛诺邦格生物科技股份有限公司 一种聚乙二醇化脂质及其修饰的脂质体、含该脂质体的药物组合物及其制剂和应用
CN115197078A (zh) * 2021-04-08 2022-10-18 厦门赛诺邦格生物科技股份有限公司 一种聚乙二醇化脂质及其修饰的脂质体、含该脂质体的药物组合物及其制剂和应用

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN116891423A (zh) * 2023-07-07 2023-10-17 荣灿生物医药技术(上海)有限公司 脂质化合物、组合物及其制备方法和应用
CN116891423B (zh) * 2023-07-07 2024-03-01 荣灿生物医药技术(上海)有限公司 脂质化合物、组合物及其制备方法和应用

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN117440943A (zh) 2024-01-23

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
CN115515924B (zh) 一种阳离子脂质、含该阳离子脂质的脂质体、含该脂质体的核酸药物组合物及其制剂和应用
AU2017356699B2 (en) Cationic lipids for nucleic acid delivery and preparation thereof
WO2023061460A1 (zh) 含氮的阳离子脂质及其应用
PT901463E (pt) Compostos glicerolipidicos uteis para a transferencia de uma substancia activa para uma celula alvo
US6281371B1 (en) Lipopolyamines, and the preparation and use thereof
WO2022214025A1 (zh) 一种聚乙二醇化脂质及其修饰的脂质体、含该脂质体的药物组合物及其制剂和应用
WO2022214026A1 (zh) 一种聚乙二醇化脂质及其修饰的脂质体、含该脂质体的药物组合物及其制剂和应用
WO2024051825A1 (zh) 一种碳核阳离子脂质
WO2023232148A1 (zh) 一种含有不饱和键的氨基酸阳离子脂质
CN118265692A (zh) 一种碳核阳离子脂质
WO2023198082A1 (zh) 一种非线性聚乙二醇化脂质及其应用
CN116396244A (zh) 一种含氮杂环的阳离子脂质及其应用
WO2023232147A1 (zh) 一种氨基酸阳离子脂质
WO2023126006A1 (zh) 一种侧链含功能性基团的阳离子脂质及其应用
WO2024131717A1 (zh) 一种阳离子脂质材料的制备及应用
US20240197633A1 (en) Pegylated lipid, liposome modified by the lipid, pharmaceutical composition containing the liposome, formulation and application thereof
WO2024107906A2 (en) Ionizable lipids and lipid nanoparticle compositions for the delivery of nucleic acids

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 202280007452.5

Country of ref document: CN

121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 22880396

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1